WO2022117046A1 - 一种通信方法、装置、芯片、存储介质及程序产品 - Google Patents

一种通信方法、装置、芯片、存储介质及程序产品 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022117046A1
WO2022117046A1 PCT/CN2021/135131 CN2021135131W WO2022117046A1 WO 2022117046 A1 WO2022117046 A1 WO 2022117046A1 CN 2021135131 W CN2021135131 W CN 2021135131W WO 2022117046 A1 WO2022117046 A1 WO 2022117046A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
precoding matrix
target
ports
port
rows
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/135131
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
王碧钗
何泓利
李雪茹
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP21900072.6A priority Critical patent/EP4239898A4/en
Priority to US18/265,043 priority patent/US20240022306A1/en
Publication of WO2022117046A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022117046A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
    • H04B7/0621—Feedback content
    • H04B7/0634—Antenna weights or vector/matrix coefficients
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/0413—MIMO systems
    • H04B7/0456—Selection of precoding matrices or codebooks, e.g. using matrices antenna weighting
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0619—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal using feedback from receiving side
    • H04B7/0636—Feedback format
    • H04B7/0639—Using selective indices, e.g. of a codebook, e.g. pre-distortion matrix index [PMI] or for beam selection

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, device, chip, storage medium and program product.
  • the uplink enhancement scheme of transmission channel resource pooling can be used to improve the Upstream capacity
  • existing protocols only support 2-port and 4-port codebooks, and only non-coherent precoding is supported in the 4-port codebook when only 2 ports are activated for 2-layer precoding, limiting the transmit channel
  • the flexibility of precoding after switching cannot meet the requirement of pooling transmission channel resources, which may cause performance loss; at the same time, when the transmission channel resources can be pooled, there may be available transmission channel configurations similar to 3 ports, while 2 ports and 4 ports may appear.
  • the transmit precoding matrix indicator Transmitted Precoding Matrix Indicator, TPMI
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a first device sends a first reference signal of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2; the first device receives the first reference signal indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first precoding matrix in a target codebook, the first precoding matrix is associated with the first reference signal, and the target codebook includes at least one target precoding matrix coding matrix, the number of rows of the target precoding matrix is M; wherein, the target precoding matrix has one and only 2 rows containing non-zero elements, the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is 2, and the target precoding matrix has 2 rows.
  • the coding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix; or, the target precoding matrix has and only has 3 rows containing non-zero elements, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix or a coherent precoding matrix; or, all The target precoding matrix has and only K rows contain non-zero elements, where K is an integer less than M and not less than 4, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix.
  • a target codebook of M (M is an integer greater than 2) ports can be supported, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target codebook of the M ports.
  • the first precoding matrix can support the selection of multiple transmission channels from the M transmission channels for uplink transmission; thereby ensuring the maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • the partial coherent precoding matrix is a precoding matrix with one column including more than one and less than M non-zero elements
  • the coherent precoding matrix is a precoding matrix in which all columns contain M non-zero elements.
  • the partial coherent precoding matrix included in the target codebook is a precoding matrix with one column containing more than one and less than M non-zero elements, and the coherent precoding matrix included is that all columns contain M non-zero elements.
  • Zero-element precoding matrix is a precoding matrix with one column containing more than one and less than M non-zero elements, and the coherent precoding matrix included is that all columns contain M non-zero elements.
  • the first indication information includes indication information of a first TPMI, where the first TPMI is where the first precoding matrix is located. the index in the target codebook.
  • the first indication information includes indication information of the first TPMI, so that the index of the first precoding matrix in the target codebook of the M port is indicated by the first TPMI.
  • the target precoding matrix when the target precoding matrix has and only 2 rows contain non-zero elements, the target precoding matrix contains non-zero elements
  • the 2 rows of is determined by [a,b;c,d], a,b,c,d are elements in ⁇ 1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1 ⁇ , where j is Imaginary unit, A1 is a positive constant.
  • ⁇ 1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1 ⁇ determines that the target codebook of M ports includes non-zero elements that are included in and only 2 rows, so that The target codebook of M ports includes a 2-port codebook of any combination of 2 ports, which can support uplink transmission of two transmission channels on the same carrier, ensure the freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling, and improve uplink transmission performance.
  • the target precoding matrix includes 2 rows of non-zero elements in any row position of the target precoding matrix, and the target precoding matrix
  • the encoding matrix consists of 2 rows of non-zero elements as [a, b; c, d].
  • the target precoding matrix with non-zero elements contained in and only 2 rows contained in the target codebook of M ports is determined by [a, b; c, d], so that the target precoding matrix of M ports is
  • the codebook includes a 2-port codebook of any 2-port combination, which can support uplink transmission of 2 transmit channels on the same carrier, ensure the freedom of uplink transmit channel resource pooling, and improve uplink transmission performance.
  • the non-zero elements are ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ , where j is an imaginary number unit, A 2 is a positive constant, and the row position of the 3 rows of the target precoding matrix containing non-zero elements is arbitrary.
  • ⁇ e jk ⁇ /K /A 3 ⁇ determines that the target codebook of M ports contains non-zero elements and only K (M>K ⁇ 4) rows contain non-zero elements, so that the M ports contain non-zero elements.
  • the target codebook contains K-port codebooks of any combination of K-ports, which can support uplink transmission of K transmit channels on the same carrier, ensure the freedom of uplink transmit channel resource pooling, and improve uplink transmission performance.
  • a seventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect when the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is greater than 1, the Any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors, which improves the applicability of the target codebook.
  • the applicable waveform of the target precoding matrix includes: discrete Fourier transform Discrete Fourier Transformation spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (DFT-s-OFDM) or Cyclic Prefix-Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (CP-OFDM).
  • DFT-s-OFDM discrete Fourier transform Discrete Fourier Transformation spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • CP-OFDM Cyclic Prefix-Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • the applicable waveform of the target precoding matrix can be DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM, so as to meet different requirements.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a second device receives first reference signals of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2; the second device sends the first reference signal indication information; the first indication information is used to indicate a first precoding matrix in a target codebook, the first precoding matrix is associated with the first reference signal, and the target codebook includes at least one target precoding matrix coding matrix, the number of rows of the target precoding matrix is M; wherein, the target precoding matrix has one and only 2 rows containing non-zero elements, the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is 2, and the target precoding matrix has 2 rows.
  • the coding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix; or, the target precoding matrix has and only has 3 rows containing non-zero elements, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix or a coherent precoding matrix; or, all The target precoding matrix has and only K rows contain non-zero elements, where K is an integer less than M and not less than 4, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix.
  • a target codebook of M (M is an integer greater than 2) ports can be supported, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target codebook of the M ports.
  • the first precoding matrix can support the selection of multiple transmission channels from the M transmission channels for uplink transmission; thereby ensuring the maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • the partial coherent precoding matrix is a precoding matrix having one column including more than one and less than M non-zero elements, and the coherent precoding matrix
  • the coding matrix is a precoding matrix in which all columns contain M non-zero elements.
  • the partial coherent precoding matrix included in the target codebook is a precoding matrix with one column containing more than one and less than M non-zero elements, and the coherent precoding matrix included is that all columns contain M non-zero elements.
  • Zero-element precoding matrix is a precoding matrix with one column containing more than one and less than M non-zero elements, and the coherent precoding matrix included is that all columns contain M non-zero elements.
  • the first indication information includes indication information of a first TPMI, and the first TPMI is where the first precoding matrix is located. the index in the target codebook.
  • the first indication information includes indication information of the first TPMI, so that the index of the first precoding matrix in the target codebook of the M port is indicated by the first TPMI.
  • the target precoding matrix when the target precoding matrix has and only 2 rows contain non-zero elements, the target precoding matrix contains non-zero elements
  • the 2 rows of is determined by [a,b;c,d], a,b,c,d are elements in ⁇ 1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1 ⁇ , where j is Imaginary unit, A1 is a positive constant.
  • ⁇ 1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1 ⁇ determines that the target codebook of M ports includes non-zero elements that are included in and only 2 rows, so that The target codebook of M ports includes a 2-port codebook of any combination of 2 ports, which can support uplink transmission of two transmission channels on the same carrier, ensure the freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling, and improve uplink transmission performance.
  • the target precoding matrix includes 2 rows of non-zero elements in the target precoding matrix
  • the row position of the target precoding matrix is arbitrary, and the target precoding matrix includes two rows of non-zero elements.
  • the matrix is [a, b; c, d].
  • the target precoding matrix with non-zero elements contained in and only 2 rows contained in the target codebook of M ports is determined by [a, b; c, d], so that the target precoding matrix of M ports is
  • the codebook includes a 2-port codebook of any 2-port combination, which can support uplink transmission of 2 transmit channels on the same carrier, ensure the freedom of uplink transmit channel resource pooling, and improve uplink transmission performance.
  • the non-zero elements are ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ , where j is an imaginary number unit, A 2 is a positive constant, and the row position of the 3 rows of the target precoding matrix containing non-zero elements is arbitrary.
  • ⁇ e jk ⁇ /K /A 3 ⁇ determines that the target codebook of M ports contains non-zero elements and only K (M>K ⁇ 4) rows contain non-zero elements, so that the M ports contain non-zero elements.
  • the target codebook contains K-port codebooks of any combination of K-ports, which can support uplink transmission of K transmit channels on the same carrier, ensure the freedom of uplink transmit channel resource pooling, and improve uplink transmission performance.
  • a seventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect when the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is greater than 1, the Any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors, which improves the applicability of the target codebook.
  • the applicable waveform of the target precoding matrix includes: DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM.
  • the applicable waveform of the target precoding matrix can be DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM, so as to meet different requirements.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a first device sends a first reference signal of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2; the first device receives the first reference signal Two indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate N ports in the M ports, and a second precoding matrix in the target codebook, the second precoding matrix is related to the N ports The number of rows of the second precoding matrix is N, where N is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
  • the second device schedules the antenna used by the first device to send data according to the first reference signal measurement result
  • N is an integer greater than 2
  • the second device schedules the antenna used by the first device to send data according to the first reference signal measurement result
  • the number of ports is N
  • the precoding matrix is indicated by the codebook corresponding to the number of antenna ports, and an additional indication of "antenna port selection" is added, so that the precoding matrix indication method can meet the requirement of resource pooling of the transmission channel; ensure the uplink transmission channel Maximum freedom of resource pooling, improving uplink transmission performance.
  • the target codebook includes at least one target precoding matrix, the number of rows of the target precoding matrix is N, and the target The precoding matrix does not contain rows whose elements are all 0s.
  • the target precoding matrix does not contain rows whose elements are all 0, so that uplink transmission from N transmission channels can be supported, ensuring that The maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling improves uplink transmission performance.
  • the second indication information includes indication information of a second TPMI, where the second TPMI is where the second precoding matrix is located. the index in the target codebook.
  • the second indication information includes indication information of the second TPMI, so that the index of the second precoding matrix in the target codebook of the N port is indicated by the second TPMI.
  • the target precoding matrix in the target codebook of N ports is determined by ⁇ e jn ⁇ /N /A ⁇ , so that the target codebook of N ports contains any combination of N ports, which can support N on the same carrier
  • the uplink transmission of the transmit channel ensures the freedom of resource pooling of the uplink transmit channel and improves the uplink transmission performance.
  • the second indication information includes: indication information of a port bitmap, where the port bitmap is used to indicate the M N ports in the ports; wherein, when each bit in the port bitmap is 0, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is not used, and when it is 1, it indicates that the first reference signal is not used.
  • the corresponding port among the M ports is used, or, when each bit in the port bitmap is 1, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is not used, and when it is 0, it indicates the Corresponding ports among the M ports of the first reference signal are used; or, the second indication information includes: indication information of a port indication vector, where the port indication vector is used to indicate N ports among the M ports , the i-th element in the port indication vector represents one of the M ports of the first reference signal corresponding to the i-th row in the second precoding matrix.
  • an port selection can be indicated through a port bitmap or a port indication vector.
  • the Any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors, which improves the applicability of the target codebook.
  • the applicable waveforms of the target precoding matrix include: DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM.
  • the applicable waveform of the target precoding matrix can be DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM, so as to meet different requirements.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a second device receives first reference signals of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2; the second device sends the first reference signal Two indication information; the second indication information is used to indicate N ports in the M ports and a second precoding matrix in the target codebook, where the second precoding matrix is related to the N ports The number of rows of the second precoding matrix is N, where N is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
  • the second device schedules the antenna used by the first device to send data according to the first reference signal measurement result
  • N is an integer greater than 2
  • the second device schedules the antenna used by the first device to send data according to the first reference signal measurement result
  • the number of ports is N
  • the precoding matrix is indicated by the codebook corresponding to the number of antenna ports, and an additional indication of "antenna port selection" is added, so that the precoding matrix indication method can meet the requirement of resource pooling of the transmission channel; ensure the uplink transmission channel Maximum freedom of resource pooling, improving uplink transmission performance.
  • the target codebook includes at least one target precoding matrix, the number of rows of the target precoding matrix is N, and the target The precoding matrix does not contain rows whose elements are all 0s.
  • the target precoding matrix does not contain rows whose elements are all 0, so that uplink transmission from N transmission channels can be supported, ensuring that The maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling improves uplink transmission performance.
  • the second indication information includes indication information of a second TPMI, and the second TPMI is where the second precoding matrix is located. the index in the target codebook.
  • the second indication information includes indication information of the second TPMI, so that the index of the second precoding matrix in the target codebook of the N port is indicated by the second TPMI.
  • the target precoding matrix in the target codebook of N ports is determined by ⁇ e jn ⁇ /N /A ⁇ , so that the target codebook of N ports contains any combination of N ports, which can support N on the same carrier
  • the uplink transmission of the transmit channel ensures the freedom of resource pooling of the uplink transmit channel and improves the uplink transmission performance.
  • the second indication information includes: indication information of a port bitmap, where the port bitmap is used to indicate the M N ports in the ports; wherein, when each bit in the port bitmap is 0, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is not used, and when it is 1, it indicates that the first reference signal is not used.
  • the corresponding port among the M ports is used; or, when each bit in the port bitmap is 1, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is not used, and when it is 0, it indicates the Corresponding ports among the M ports of the first reference signal are used; or, the second indication information includes: indication information of a port indication vector, where the port indication vector is used to indicate N ports among the M ports , the i-th element in the port indication vector represents one of the M ports of the first reference signal corresponding to the i-th row in the second precoding matrix.
  • an port selection can be indicated through a port bitmap or a port indication vector.
  • the fourth aspect or the foregoing various possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect when the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is greater than 1, the Any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors, which improves the applicability of the target codebook.
  • the applicable waveforms of the target precoding matrix include: DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM.
  • the applicable waveform of the target precoding matrix can be DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM, so as to meet different requirements.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus, the apparatus includes: a module for a first device to send a first reference signal of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2;
  • the first device receives the first indication information module, the first indication information is used to indicate the first precoding matrix in the target codebook, the first precoding matrix is associated with the first reference signal, the
  • the target codebook includes at least one target precoding matrix, and the number of rows of the target precoding matrix is M; wherein, the target precoding matrix has and only 2 rows contain non-zero elements, and the columns of the target precoding matrix The number is 2, the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix; or, the target precoding matrix has one and only 3 rows containing non-zero elements, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix or A coherent precoding matrix; or, the target precoding matrix has and only has K rows containing non-zero elements, where K is an integer less than M and not less than 4, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent
  • a target codebook of M (M is an integer greater than 2) ports can be supported, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target codebook of the M ports.
  • the first precoding matrix can support the selection of multiple transmission channels from the M transmission channels for uplink transmission; thereby ensuring the maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • the partial coherent precoding matrix is a precoding matrix with one column including more than one and less than M non-zero elements
  • the coherent precoding matrix is a precoding matrix in which all columns contain M non-zero elements.
  • the partial coherent precoding matrix included in the target codebook is a precoding matrix with one column containing more than one and less than M non-zero elements, and the coherent precoding matrix included is that all columns contain M non-zero elements.
  • Zero-element precoding matrix is a precoding matrix with one column containing more than one and less than M non-zero elements, and the coherent precoding matrix included is that all columns contain M non-zero elements.
  • the first indication information includes indication information of a first TPMI, where the first TPMI is where the first precoding matrix is located. the index in the target codebook.
  • the first indication information includes indication information of the first TPMI, so that the index of the first precoding matrix in the target codebook of the M port is indicated by the first TPMI.
  • the target precoding matrix when the target precoding matrix has and only 2 rows contain non-zero elements, the target precoding matrix contains non-zero elements
  • the 2 rows of is determined by [a,b;c,d], a,b,c,d are elements in ⁇ 1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1 ⁇ , where j is Imaginary unit, A1 is a positive constant.
  • ⁇ 1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1 ⁇ determines that the target codebook of M ports includes non-zero elements that are included in and only 2 rows, so that The target codebook of M ports includes a 2-port codebook of any combination of 2 ports, which can support uplink transmission of two transmission channels on the same carrier, ensure the freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling, and improve uplink transmission performance.
  • the target precoding matrix includes 2 rows of non-zero elements in any row position of the target precoding matrix, and the target precoding matrix
  • the encoding matrix consists of 2 rows of non-zero elements as [a, b; c, d].
  • the target precoding matrix with non-zero elements contained in and only 2 rows contained in the target codebook of M ports is determined by [a, b; c, d], so that the target precoding matrix of M ports is
  • the codebook includes a 2-port codebook of any 2-port combination, which can support uplink transmission of 2 transmit channels on the same carrier, ensure the freedom of uplink transmit channel resource pooling, and improve uplink transmission performance.
  • the non-zero elements are ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ , where j is an imaginary number unit, A 2 is a positive constant, and the row position of the 3 rows of the target precoding matrix containing non-zero elements is arbitrary.
  • ⁇ e jk ⁇ /K /A 3 ⁇ determines that the target codebook of M ports contains non-zero elements and only K (M>K ⁇ 4) rows contain non-zero elements, so that the M ports contain non-zero elements.
  • the target codebook contains K-port codebooks of any combination of K-ports, which can support uplink transmission of K transmit channels on the same carrier, ensure the freedom of uplink transmit channel resource pooling, and improve uplink transmission performance.
  • a seventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect when the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is greater than 1, the Any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors, which improves the applicability of the target codebook.
  • the applicable waveforms of the target precoding matrix include: DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM.
  • the applicable waveform of the target precoding matrix can be DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM, so as to meet different requirements.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus, the apparatus comprising: a module for a second device to receive first reference signals of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2; The second device sends the first indication information module; the first indication information is used to indicate the first precoding matrix in the target codebook, the first precoding matrix is associated with the first reference signal, the
  • the target codebook includes at least one target precoding matrix, and the number of rows of the target precoding matrix is M; wherein, the target precoding matrix has and only 2 rows contain non-zero elements, and the columns of the target precoding matrix The number is 2, the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix; or, the target precoding matrix has one and only 3 rows containing non-zero elements, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix or A coherent precoding matrix; or, the target precoding matrix has and only has K rows containing non-zero elements, where K is an integer less than M and not less than 4, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent pre
  • a target codebook of M (M is an integer greater than 2) ports can be supported, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target codebook of the M ports.
  • the first precoding matrix can support the selection of multiple transmission channels from the M transmission channels for uplink transmission; thereby ensuring the maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • the partial coherent precoding matrix is a precoding matrix with one column including more than one and less than M non-zero elements
  • the coherent precoding matrix is a precoding matrix in which all columns contain M non-zero elements.
  • the partial coherent precoding matrix included in the target codebook is a precoding matrix with one column containing more than one and less than M non-zero elements, and the coherent precoding matrix included is that all columns contain M non-zero elements.
  • Zero-element precoding matrix is a precoding matrix with one column containing more than one and less than M non-zero elements, and the coherent precoding matrix included is that all columns contain M non-zero elements.
  • the first indication information includes indication information of a first TPMI, and the first TPMI is where the first precoding matrix is located. the index in the target codebook.
  • the first indication information includes indication information of the first TPMI, so that the index of the first precoding matrix in the target codebook of the M port is indicated by the first TPMI.
  • the target precoding matrix when the target precoding matrix has and only 2 rows contain non-zero elements, the target precoding matrix contains non-zero elements
  • the 2 rows of is determined by [a,b;c,d], a,b,c,d are elements in ⁇ 1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1 ⁇ , where j is Imaginary unit, A1 is a positive constant.
  • ⁇ 1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1 ⁇ determines that the target codebook of M ports includes non-zero elements that are included in and only 2 rows, so that The target codebook of M ports includes a 2-port codebook of any combination of 2 ports, which can support uplink transmission of two transmission channels on the same carrier, ensure the freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling, and improve uplink transmission performance.
  • the target precoding matrix includes 2 rows of non-zero elements in the target precoding matrix
  • the row position of the target precoding matrix is arbitrary, and the target precoding matrix includes two rows of non-zero elements.
  • the matrix is [a, b; c, d].
  • the target precoding matrix with non-zero elements contained in and only 2 rows contained in the target codebook of M ports is determined by [a, b; c, d], so that the target precoding matrix of M ports is
  • the codebook includes a 2-port codebook of any 2-port combination, which can support uplink transmission of 2 transmit channels on the same carrier, ensure the freedom of uplink transmit channel resource pooling, and improve uplink transmission performance.
  • the non-zero elements are ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ , where j is an imaginary number unit, A 2 is a positive constant, and the row position of the 3 rows of the target precoding matrix containing non-zero elements is arbitrary.
  • ⁇ e jk ⁇ /K /A 3 ⁇ determines that the target codebook of M ports contains non-zero elements and only K (M>K ⁇ 4) rows contain non-zero elements, so that the M ports contain non-zero elements.
  • the target codebook contains K-port codebooks of any combination of K-ports, which can support uplink transmission of K transmit channels on the same carrier, ensure the freedom of uplink transmit channel resource pooling, and improve uplink transmission performance.
  • a seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect when the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is greater than 1, the Any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors, which improves the applicability of the target codebook.
  • the applicable waveforms of the target precoding matrix include: DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM.
  • the applicable waveform of the target precoding matrix can be DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM, so as to meet different requirements.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus, the apparatus comprising: a module for a first device to send a first reference signal of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2;
  • the first device receives a module for second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate N ports in the M ports, and a second precoding matrix in the target codebook, the second precoding A matrix is associated with the N ports, and the number of rows of the second precoding matrix is N, where N is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
  • the second device schedules the antenna used by the first device to send data according to the first reference signal measurement result
  • N is an integer greater than 2
  • the second device schedules the antenna used by the first device to send data according to the first reference signal measurement result
  • the number of ports is N
  • the precoding matrix is indicated by the codebook corresponding to the number of antenna ports, and an additional indication of "antenna port selection" is added, so that the precoding matrix indication method can meet the requirement of resource pooling of the transmission channel; ensure the uplink transmission channel Maximum freedom of resource pooling, improving uplink transmission performance.
  • the target codebook includes at least one target precoding matrix, the number of rows of the target precoding matrix is N, and the target The precoding matrix does not contain rows whose elements are all 0s.
  • the target precoding matrix does not contain rows whose elements are all 0, so that uplink transmission from N transmission channels can be supported, ensuring that The maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling improves uplink transmission performance.
  • the second indication information includes indication information of a second TPMI, where the second TPMI is the location where the second precoding matrix is located. the index in the target codebook.
  • the second indication information includes indication information of the second TPMI, so that the index of the second precoding matrix in the target codebook of the N port is indicated by the second TPMI.
  • the target precoding matrix in the target codebook of N ports is determined by ⁇ e jn ⁇ /N /A ⁇ , so that the target codebook of N ports contains any combination of N ports, which can support N on the same carrier
  • the uplink transmission of the transmit channel ensures the freedom of resource pooling of the uplink transmit channel and improves the uplink transmission performance.
  • the second indication information includes: indication information of a port bitmap, where the port bitmap is used to indicate the M N ports in the ports; wherein, when each bit in the port bitmap is 0, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is not used, and when it is 1, it indicates that the first reference signal is not used.
  • the corresponding port among the M ports is used, or, when each bit in the port bitmap is 1, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is not used, and when it is 0, it indicates the Corresponding ports among the M ports of the first reference signal are used; or, the second indication information includes: indication information of a port indication vector, where the port indication vector is used to indicate N ports among the M ports , the i-th element in the port indication vector represents one of the M ports of the first reference signal corresponding to the i-th row in the second precoding matrix.
  • an port selection can be indicated through a port bitmap or a port indication vector.
  • the seventh aspect or the above-mentioned various possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect in a fifth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, when the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is greater than 1, the Any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors, which improves the applicability of the target codebook.
  • the applicable waveform of the target precoding matrix includes: DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM.
  • the applicable waveform of the target precoding matrix can be DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM, so as to meet different requirements.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication apparatus, the apparatus comprising: a module for a second device to receive first reference signals of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2; The second device sends the second indication information module; the second indication information is used to indicate the N ports in the M ports and the second precoding matrix in the target codebook, the second precoding A matrix is associated with the N ports, and the number of rows of the second precoding matrix is N, where N is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
  • the second device schedules the antenna used by the first device to send data according to the first reference signal measurement result
  • N is an integer greater than 2
  • the second device schedules the antenna used by the first device to send data according to the first reference signal measurement result
  • the number of ports is N
  • the precoding matrix is indicated by the codebook corresponding to the number of antenna ports, and an additional indication of "antenna port selection" is added, so that the precoding matrix indication method can meet the requirement of resource pooling of the transmission channel; ensure the uplink transmission channel Maximum freedom of resource pooling, improving uplink transmission performance.
  • the target codebook includes at least one target precoding matrix, the number of rows of the target precoding matrix is N, and the target The precoding matrix does not contain rows whose elements are all 0s.
  • the target precoding matrix does not contain rows whose elements are all 0, so that uplink transmission from N transmission channels can be supported, ensuring that The maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling improves uplink transmission performance.
  • the second indication information includes indication information of a second TPMI
  • the second TPMI is the location where the second precoding matrix is located. the index in the target codebook.
  • the second indication information includes indication information of the second TPMI, so that the index of the second precoding matrix in the target codebook of the N port is indicated by the second TPMI.
  • the target precoding matrix in the target codebook of N ports is determined by ⁇ e jn ⁇ /N /A ⁇ , so that the target codebook of N ports contains any combination of N ports, which can support N on the same carrier
  • the uplink transmission of the transmission channel ensures the freedom of resource pooling of the uplink transmission channel and improves the performance of the uplink transmission.
  • the second indication information includes: indication information of a port bitmap, where the port bitmap is used to indicate the M N ports in the ports; wherein, when each bit in the port bitmap is 0, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is not used, and when it is 1, it indicates that the first reference signal is not used.
  • the corresponding port among the M ports is used; or, when each bit in the port bitmap is 1, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is not used, and when it is 0, it indicates the Corresponding ports among the M ports of the first reference signal are used; or, the second indication information includes: indication information of a port indication vector, where the port indication vector is used to indicate N ports among the M ports , the i-th element in the port indication vector represents one of the M ports of the first reference signal corresponding to the i-th row in the second precoding matrix.
  • an port selection can be indicated through a port bitmap or a port indication vector.
  • the eighth aspect or the above-mentioned various possible implementation manners of the eighth aspect in a fifth possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, when the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is greater than 1, the Any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors, which improves the applicability of the target codebook.
  • the applicable waveform of the target precoding matrix includes: DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM.
  • the applicable waveform of the target precoding matrix can be DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM, so as to meet different requirements.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, comprising: a processor; the processor is configured to execute a computer program stored in a memory, so as to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or various possibilities of the first aspect
  • a communication device comprising: a processor; the processor is configured to execute a computer program stored in a memory, so as to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or various possibilities of the first aspect
  • a target codebook of M (M is an integer greater than 2) ports can be supported, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target codebook of the M ports.
  • the first precoding matrix can support the selection of multiple transmission channels from the M transmission channels for uplink transmission; thereby ensuring the maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a non-volatile computer-readable storage medium on which computer program instructions are stored, and when the computer program instructions are executed by a processor, the first aspect or the first One or more of the possible implementations of the aspect, or the above-mentioned second aspect or one or more of the possible implementations of the second aspect, or the above The third aspect or one or more of the possible implementations of the third aspect, or the above-mentioned fourth aspect or one or more of the possible implementations of the fourth aspect communication method.
  • a target codebook of M (M is an integer greater than 2) ports can be supported, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target codebook of the M ports.
  • the first precoding matrix can support the selection of multiple transmission channels from the M transmission channels for uplink transmission; thereby ensuring the maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip, including a processor, when the processor executes an instruction, the processor executes the first aspect or various possible implementation manners of the first aspect
  • the processor executes the first aspect or various possible implementation manners of the first aspect
  • a target codebook of M (M is an integer greater than 2) ports can be supported, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target codebook of the M ports.
  • the first precoding matrix can support the selection of multiple transmission channels from the M transmission channels for uplink transmission; thereby ensuring the maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions, which, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the first aspect or the various possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • One or more communication methods or implement one or more of the above-mentioned second aspect or multiple possible implementations of the second aspect, or implement the above-mentioned third aspect or the third aspect.
  • One or more communication methods in multiple possible implementation manners, or performing the above fourth aspect or one or more communication methods in multiple possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect.
  • a target codebook of M (M is an integer greater than 2) ports can be supported, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target codebook of the M ports.
  • the first precoding matrix can support the selection of multiple transmission channels from the M transmission channels for uplink transmission; thereby ensuring the maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system to which the technical solution provided by the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 2 shows a flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 shows a flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 shows a flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 shows a flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 shows a flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 shows a flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 shows a structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 shows a structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the uplink capacity can be improved through the uplink enhancement scheme of pooled transmission channel resources.
  • the transmission (Transmit, Tx) channel resources of the terminal equipment are pooled, that is, the transmission channel is allowed to switch to different carriers, so that the transmission channel can be switched to different carriers according to the instantaneous channel conditions.
  • the number of transmit channels of each carrier can be adjusted flexibly to improve resource utilization. For example, a terminal device has 3 transmit channels. Without the resource pooling mechanism of transmit channels, the three transmit channels only work in a specific frequency band. For example, the three transmit channels work in the 2.6GHz, 3.5GHz and 4.9GHz frequency bands respectively.
  • the terminal device sends data that requires high uplink capacity, such as ultra-high-definition video, and only allocates time-frequency resources in one frequency band, such as 2.6GHz, the transmit channels working in other frequency bands cannot work, so some transmit channel resources are blocked. Wasteful, at the same time a 2.6GHz frequency band may not be able to meet the demand, image user experience.
  • high uplink capacity such as ultra-high-definition video
  • the terminal device can also use other transmission channels to send data on the allocated time-frequency resources, that is, Ultra-high-definition video is transmitted simultaneously through the 2.6GHz, 3.5GHz and 4.9GHz frequency bands, thereby utilizing additional transmit channel resources to provide additional antenna array gain, diversity gain and multiplexing gain, increasing the uplink transmission rate and improving user experience.
  • one frequency band such as 2.6GHz
  • other transmission channels to send data on the allocated time-frequency resources, that is, Ultra-high-definition video is transmitted simultaneously through the 2.6GHz, 3.5GHz and 4.9GHz frequency bands, thereby utilizing additional transmit channel resources to provide additional antenna array gain, diversity gain and multiplexing gain, increasing the uplink transmission rate and improving user experience.
  • the network device can obtain the uplink channel information for switching each transmission channel to a different carrier by measuring the sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS). Then, the network device based on the above uplink channel information The optimal transmission channel switching scheme and its corresponding precoding scheme are determined, and the network device further schedules the transmission of the PUSCH by sending downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • Precoding technology When the channel state is known, the transmitting device can process the signal to be sent with the help of a precoding matrix that matches the channel state, so that the precoded signal to be sent is adapted to the channel, thereby This reduces the complexity for the receiving device to eliminate the influence between channels. Therefore, the signal to be transmitted is processed by using the precoding matrix, thereby improving the signal quality.
  • the precoding matrix may be determined based on the channel matrix of each frequency domain unit; the channel matrix may be determined by the terminal device through channel estimation or other methods or based on channel reciprocity.
  • the precoding matrix can be obtained by performing singular value decomposition (singular value decomposition, SVD) on the channel matrix or the covariance matrix of the channel matrix, or by performing eigenvalue decomposition (eigenvalue) on the covariance matrix of the channel matrix. decopomsition, EVD).
  • the precoding matrix can be divided into a fully coherent type of precoding matrix, a partially coherent type of precoding matrix and a non-coherent type of precoding matrix;
  • the precoding matrix of the fully coherent type means that phase calibration and phase weighting can be performed between the transmitting antenna ports corresponding to different rows in the precoding matrix, that is, all the transmitting antenna ports of the terminal device can be used for transmitting data at the same transport layer.
  • a partially coherent type of precoding matrix means that there are at least two rows in the precoding matrix that can perform phase calibration between the transmitting antenna ports corresponding to at least two rows, and can perform phase weighting, and that the transmitting antenna ports corresponding to at least two rows can be used for The data of the same transmission layer is sent, and at the same time, there are at least two rows in the precoding matrix that cannot complete phase calibration and phase weighting between the transmitting antenna ports corresponding to at least two rows, that is, the transmitting antenna ports corresponding to at least two rows cannot Can be used to send data at the same transport layer.
  • a non-coherent type of precoding matrix means that phase calibration cannot be performed between the transmit antenna ports corresponding to different rows in the precoding matrix, and phase weighting cannot be performed, that is, the transmit antenna ports corresponding to all rows cannot be used. It is used to transmit data of the same transport layer, that is, one transport layer data can only be sent by one transmit antenna port among the transmit antenna ports corresponding to all rows.
  • the number of precoding layers it can also be called the number of transmission layers.
  • the network device may refer to the rank (rank) of the channel matrix fed back by the terminal device to determine the number of precoding layers used for data transmission between the network device and the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may determine the rank of the channel matrix according to the channel obtained by channel estimation.
  • different precoding layers can be distinguished according to the size of the eigenvalues.
  • the precoding vector determined by the eigenvector corresponding to the largest eigenvalue may correspond to the first precoding layer
  • the precoding vector determined by the eigenvector corresponding to the smallest eigenvalue may be associated with the Zth precoding layer. corresponding to the precoding layer. That is, the eigenvalues corresponding to the first transport layer to the Zth precoding layer decrease sequentially.
  • Port It can also be called an antenna port, which can be understood as a virtual antenna recognized by the receiving device.
  • a port is a logical concept.
  • a port can be a physical transmitting antenna or multiple antennas. Incorporation of physical transmit antennas. Signals sent through the same port, no matter whether these signals are sent through the same or different physical antennas, the channels corresponding to the paths they travel through in space transmission can be regarded as the same or related (such as large-scale channel characteristics—the same channel matrix ); that is to say, the signal sent by the same port can be considered by the receiving end to be the same or related during demodulation, and the signal receiving end usually identifies signals with different transmission channels through the antenna port.
  • the port refers to a transmitting antenna port.
  • the reference signal of each port may be an unprecoded reference signal, or may be a precoded reference signal obtained by precoding the reference signal based on a delay vector.
  • the number of ports may refer to the number of transmit antenna ports, or the number of transmit antennas.
  • the port refers to the reference signal port after beamforming.
  • the reference signal of each port may be a precoded reference signal obtained by precoding the reference signal based on an angle vector, or it may be based on an angle.
  • the number of ports may refer to the number of reference signal ports, or the number of angle vectors. It can be understood that the number of reference signal ports after beamforming may be smaller than the number of transmit antenna ports.
  • a port refers to a reference signal port
  • an antenna port refers to a transmit antenna port
  • the codebook also known as the precoding codebook: is a predefined set of precoding matrices with a limited number; optionally, the codebook can be a precoding including multiple precoding matrices and the TPMI index corresponding to each precoding matrix
  • a matrix table, the precoding matrix table is pre-configured by the network device and the terminal device, for example, it is stored in the storage medium or the chip of the network device or the terminal device when it leaves the factory.
  • the transmitting terminal may indicate to the receiving terminal the transmitting antenna port and the corresponding precoding matrix to be collected for transmission data based on the codebook.
  • the network device indicates to the terminal device the antenna port for sending the PUSCH and the corresponding precoding matrix in a codebook-based manner.
  • the codebook may be referred to as an uplink precoding codebook.
  • both the network device and the terminal device pre-store multiple codebooks.
  • the codebook pre-stored between the network device and the terminal device may be as shown in Table 1-7 below.
  • W represents a precoding matrix.
  • each row corresponds to a transmit antenna port, and each column corresponds to a transmission layer;
  • a TPMI index corresponds to a precoding matrix, and the precoding matrix in Table 1-7 Arranged from left to right in order of increasing TPMI index value.
  • Table 1 Precoding matrix table for layer 1 transmission using 2 antenna ports
  • the codebook in Table 1 includes: a precoding matrix for layer 1 transmission using 2 antenna ports.
  • TPMI index values 0-1 correspond to a non-coherent type precoding matrix
  • index values 2-5 correspond to a fully coherent type precoding matrix.
  • the codebook in Table 2 includes: a precoding matrix for 2-layer transmission using 2 antenna ports.
  • the TPMI index value of 0 corresponds to a non-coherent type of precoding matrix, and the index values of 1 to 2 correspond to a fully coherent type of precoding matrix.
  • Table 3 Precoding matrix table for layer 1 transmission using 4 antenna ports and using DFT-s-OFDM waveform
  • the codebook includes: a precoding matrix using 4-antenna port 1-layer transmission and a discrete Fourier Transform spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (DFT-s-OFDM) waveform .
  • DFT-s-OFDM discrete Fourier Transform spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • Table 4 Precoding matrix table for layer 1 transmission using 4 antenna ports and using CP-OFDM waveform
  • the codebook includes: a precoding matrix using 4-antenna port 1-layer transmission and adopting a Cyclic Prefix-Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (CP-OFDM) waveform.
  • CP-OFDM Cyclic Prefix-Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • Table 5 Precoding matrix table for layer 2 transmission using 4 antenna ports and using CP-OFDM waveform
  • the codebook in Table 5 includes: a precoding matrix using 4-antenna port 2-layer transmission and adopting the CP-OFDM waveform.
  • TPMI index values 0-5 correspond to non-coherent precoding matrices
  • index values 6-13 correspond to partially coherent precoding matrices
  • index values 14-21 correspond to fully coherent precoding matrices.
  • Table 6 Precoding matrix table for layer 3 transmission using 4 antenna ports and using CP-OFDM waveform
  • the codebook in Table 6 includes: a precoding matrix using 4-antenna port 3-layer transmission and employing a CP-OFDM waveform.
  • TPMI index value 0 corresponds to a non-coherent type precoding matrix
  • index values 1 to 2 correspond to a partially coherent type precoding matrix
  • index values 3 to 6 correspond to a fully coherent type precoding matrix.
  • Table 7 Precoding matrix table with 4-antenna port 4-layer transmission and CP-OFDM waveform
  • the codebook in Table 7 includes: a precoding matrix using 4-antenna port 4-layer transmission and adopting the CP-OFDM waveform.
  • the TPMI index value 0 corresponds to a non-coherent type of precoding matrix
  • index values 1 to 2 correspond to a partially coherent type of precoding matrix
  • index values 3 to 4 correspond to a fully coherent type of precoding matrix.
  • the network device indicates to the terminal device the antenna port for sending the PUSCH and the corresponding precoding matrix based on the codebooks in Tables 1 to 7 above.
  • the process includes: before the uplink transmission, the terminal device sends on the corresponding time-frequency resource according to the SRS resource configuration. SRS, the network device receives and measures the SRS on the corresponding time-frequency resource to obtain the SRS measurement result.
  • the network device determines the precoding matrix for the terminal device to send the PUSCH in the above-mentioned predefined codebook according to the latest SRS measurement result, and the number of ports corresponding to the codebook and the precoding matrix is consistent with the number of ports of the latest SRS; the network The device instructs the terminal device to send the PUSCH by sending DCI.
  • the DCI indicates the PUSCH transmission parameters include: the number of precoding layers and TPMI; the TPMI can support the indication of 2-port and 4-port precoding matrices, and different antenna port numbers and precoding layers correspond to different precoding matrices.
  • Encoding matrix table After receiving the indication information of the number of precoding layers and TPMI, the terminal device determines the number of antenna ports according to the number of SRS ports in the SRS resource configuration, then determines the precoding matrix table from the number of corresponding antenna ports and the number of precoding layers, and finally determines the number of antenna ports from the corresponding number of antenna ports and the number of precoding layers. Look up the precoding matrix corresponding to the TPMI in the precoding matrix table.
  • the network equipment determines in the predefined codebook that the terminal equipment sends the PUSCH according to the latest SRS measurement result.
  • the precoding matrix of PUSCH, the number of ports corresponding to the codebook and the precoding matrix is the same as the number of ports of the latest SRS, for example, if the number of SRS ports is 2, select the corresponding precoding from the above Tables 1-2 Matrix, if the number of SRS ports is 4, select the corresponding precoding matrix from the above Tables 3 to 7. It can be seen from the above Table 1-7 that the protocol only supports 2-port and 4-port codebooks.
  • transmission of 3 transmission channels can be allowed according to the capabilities of the terminal equipment, but based on the codebooks in Table 1-Table 7 above, the codebook of 3 ports is not supported, that is, the TPMI indicates that the The indication of the precoding matrix associated with 3 ports is supported, that is, the transmission of 3 transmission channels cannot be supported, thus limiting the flexibility of transmission channel switching, which may lead to performance loss.
  • the network device determines the precoding matrix on each carrier according to the SRS measurement results on multiple SRS resources, and the actual number of SRS ports in the SRS resource configuration cannot be directly inferred.
  • the number of antenna ports for sending PUSCH if TPMI indication is performed only based on the codebook in Table 1-Table 7, the terminal device cannot accurately determine the antenna port for sending PUSCH or which precoding matrix table to select from.
  • the 4-port codebook in the above Table 1-Table 7 cannot meet the requirements.
  • the transmit antenna ports corresponding to SRS ports 0 to 3 are respectively transmit antenna ports 0 to 3.
  • the precoding matrix using 1-layer transmission is:
  • the uplink precoding codebook and TPMI indication meet the requirements of transmission channel resource pooling, and realize flexible and accurate PUSCH scheduling.
  • the indication method is enhanced to ensure the maximum degree of freedom in resource pooling of the transmission channel and to improve the uplink transmission performance.
  • NR new radio
  • 5G fifth generation
  • future evolution system a variety of communication fusions system, etc.
  • M2M machine to machine
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • uRLLC massive machine type communication
  • mMTC massive machine type communication
  • D2D device to device communication
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • LTE-V long-term evolution-vehicle
  • LTE-M long-term evolution-machine
  • These scenarios may include, but are not limited to: a communication scenario between a terminal device and a terminal device, a communication scenario between a network device and a network device, a communication scenario between a network device and a terminal device, and the like.
  • the following description is given by taking an example of application in a communication scenario between a network device and a terminal device.
  • the network architecture and service scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and do not constitute limitations on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system to which the technical solution provided by the present application is applied.
  • the communication system may include one or more network devices 101 (only one is shown in FIG. 1 ) and one or more terminals Devices 102 (only one is shown in FIG. 1 ).
  • the network device may be a base station or a base station controller for wireless communication.
  • the base station may include various types of base stations, such as a micro base station (also referred to as a small cell), a macro base station, a relay station, an access point, etc., which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station may be a global system for mobile communication (GSM), a base station (base transceiver station, BTS) in a code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), a broadband Base station (node B) in code division multiple access (WCDMA), evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or e-NodeB) in long term evolution (LTE), Internet of Things (eNB in internet of things (IoT) or narrowband Internet of things (NB-IoT), base station in future 5G mobile communication network or future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN) , the embodiments of the present application do not impose any limitation on this.
  • the apparatus for implementing the function of the network device may be the network device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the apparatus for implementing the functions of the network equipment as the network equipment as an example.
  • a base station may include a centralized unit (CU) and a distributed unit (DU).
  • the base station may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • the CU implements some functions of the base station, and the DU implements some functions of the base station.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing functions of radio resource control (RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing functions of the radio link control (RLC), media access control (MAC), and physical (PHY) layers.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • the network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network devices in the RAN, and the CU can also be divided into network devices in the core network (core network, CN), which is not limited here.
  • a terminal is a device with wireless transceiver function. Terminals can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle; can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal equipment may be user equipment (user equipment, UE).
  • the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device or a computing device with a wireless communication function. Exemplarily, the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with a wireless transceiver function.
  • the terminal device may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, intelligent Wireless terminals in power grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the function of the terminal may be a terminal, or may be a device capable of supporting the terminal to implement the function, such as a chip system.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are described by taking the device for realizing the functions of the terminal as the terminal as an example.
  • FIG. 2 shows a flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the first device may be the terminal device 102 in FIG. 1, and the corresponding , the second device may be the network device 101 in FIG. 1 above.
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • Step 201 The first device sends first reference signals of M ports; where M is an integer greater than 2.
  • the first reference signal may be an SRS; the M ports may be M SRS ports, and the M SRS ports are in one-to-one correspondence with the M transmit antenna ports.
  • the first device may send the SRS on the corresponding time-frequency resource according to the SRS resource configuration; the time-frequency position of the first reference signal may be configured by the second device.
  • the second device configures M SRS ports for the first device, which are denoted as SRS ports 0 to M.
  • the second device configures M transmission antenna ports for the first device, which are denoted as transmission antenna ports 0 to M.
  • SRS port 0 corresponds to transmit antenna port 0
  • SRS port 1 corresponds to transmit antenna port 1
  • SRS port M corresponds to transmit antenna port M.
  • Step 202 The second device receives the first reference signals of the M ports sent by the first device.
  • the second device may receive the above-mentioned SRS sent by the first device on the above-mentioned corresponding time-frequency resource.
  • Step 203 The second device determines the first indication information according to the first reference signals of the M ports.
  • the second device may measure the SRS to obtain an SRS measurement result, where the SRS measurement result may be uplink channel information of each transmission channel on its corresponding carrier, and the second device determines the first indication information based on the SRS measurement result.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the first precoding matrix in the target codebook, the number of rows of the first precoding matrix is M, and the first precoding matrix is associated with the first reference signal;
  • the target codebook may be pre-configured by the first device and the second device, for example, may be stored in a storage medium or a chip of the first device or the second device when leaving the factory.
  • the target codebook includes at least one target precoding matrix, the number of rows of the target precoding matrix may be M, and the first precoding matrix indicated by the first indication information is at least one target in the precoding codebook under M ports precoding matrix.
  • the target precoding matrix in the target codebook has one and only 2 rows containing non-zero elements, the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is 2, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix.
  • the target precoding matrix in the target codebook may be used to instruct the first device to perform 2-layer precoding using only 2 of the M ports.
  • the partial coherent precoding matrix is a precoding matrix with one column including more than one and less than M non-zero elements.
  • the 2 rows of the target precoding matrix containing non-zero elements are determined by the matrix [a, b; c, d], where a, b , c, d are elements in the set ⁇ 1/A 1 , -1/A 1 , j/A 1 , -j/A 1 ⁇ , where j is an imaginary unit and A 1 is a positive constant.
  • the target precoding matrix contains 2 rows of non-zero elements in any row position of the target precoding matrix.
  • the precoding matrix in the target codebook has one and only 3 rows containing non-zero elements, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix or a coherent precoding matrix.
  • the first precoding matrix may be used to instruct the first device to use only 3 ports among the M ports for precoding; wherein, the relevant precoding matrix is a precoding moment in which all columns contain M non-zero elements.
  • the non-zero elements are the set ⁇ 1/A 2 , e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 , e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,- 1/A 2 , -e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 , -e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ , where j is an imaginary unit and A 2 is a positive constant.
  • the target precoding matrix includes 3 rows of non-zero elements in any row position of the target precoding matrix.
  • the target precoding matrix in the target codebook has and only K rows contain non-zero elements, where K is an integer less than M and not less than 4, and the target precoding matrix is a partial Corresponding precoding matrix; at this time, the target precoding matrix may be used to instruct the first device to use only K ports among the M ports for precoding.
  • the row positions of the K rows of the target precoding matrix including non-zero elements are arbitrary.
  • the applicable waveforms of the above target precoding matrix may include: DFT-s-OFDM waveform, CP-OFDM waveform or other waveforms.
  • DFT-s-OFDM waveform can be used for power-constrained scenarios, which supports maximum single-stream data transmission while ensuring single-carrier characteristics; for resource-constrained scenarios, cyclic prefix CP-OFDM waveform can be used, this waveform Support single-stream or multi-stream data transmission to improve the spectral efficiency of the communication system.
  • the above target codebook may be in the form of a precoding matrix table, where the precoding matrix table includes at least one target precoding matrix, and each target precoding matrix is indicated by a TPMI index.
  • the first indication information may include indication information of the number of precoding layers and/or indication information of the first TPMI, where the number of precoding layers is used to determine the target codebook, and the first TPMI is the first TPMI.
  • An index of the precoding matrix in the target codebook that is, the index of the target precoding matrix as the first precoding matrix in the target codebook.
  • the number of precoding layers and the first TPMI may be carried in the same or different fields.
  • the second device determines the first precoding matrix based on the SRS measurement result, the number of precoding layers is the number of columns of the first precoding matrix, and the target codebook is the codebook corresponding to the number of precoding layers.
  • the first TPMI is the index of the first precoding matrix in the target codebook, so as to determine the first indication information.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • Step 204 The second device sends the first indication information to the first device.
  • the second device may send the above-mentioned indication information indicating the first TPMI and/or the number of precoding layers to the first device; optionally, one field may indicate the first TPMI, and another field may indicate the number of precoding layers. ; A field can also be sent to jointly indicate the first TPMI and the number of precoding layers, for example, the precoding information and the number of layers (precoding information and number of layers) field in the DCI can be used, which can occupy 6 Bits, the different bit values of the 6 bits indicate the first TPMI and the number of precoding layers, for example, 000000 indicates that the first TPMI is 0 and the number of precoding layers is 1; 000001 indicates that the first TPMI is 1 and the number of precoding layers is 1 The number is 1; 011001 indicates that the first TPMI is 2 and the number of precoding layers is 3.
  • Step 205 The first device receives the first indication information.
  • the first device may receive the above-mentioned indication information indicating the first TPMI and/or the number of precoding layers. Further, the first device can determine the number of transmitting antenna ports according to the number of SRS ports in the SRS resource configuration, and then determine the target codebook (such as a precoding matrix table) from the number of corresponding transmitting antenna ports and the number of precoding layers, and finally pass the first The TPMI determines the first precoding matrix in the target codebook.
  • the target codebook such as a precoding matrix table
  • the target codebook of M ports can be supported, and the first indication information is used to indicate the first precoding matrix in the target codebook, so that the target codebook from the target codebook can be supported.
  • Multiple transmission channels are selected from the M transmission channels for uplink transmission; thus, the maximum degree of freedom of resource pooling of uplink transmission channels is ensured, and the performance of uplink transmission is improved.
  • FIG. 3 shows a flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the first device may be the terminal device 102 in FIG. 1, and the corresponding Yes, the second device may be the above-mentioned network device 102 in FIG. 1 .
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • Step 301 The first device sends first reference signals of three ports.
  • the first reference signal may be an SRS
  • the 3 ports may be 3 SRS ports, and the 3 SRS ports are in one-to-one correspondence with the 3 transmit antenna ports
  • the time-frequency positions of the first reference signal of the 3 ports It can be configured by the second device.
  • Step 302 The second device receives the first reference signals of the three ports sent by the first device.
  • the second device may receive the above-mentioned SRS sent by the first device on the above-mentioned corresponding time-frequency resource.
  • Step 303 The second device determines the first indication information according to the first reference signals of the three ports.
  • the second device may measure the above-mentioned SRS to obtain an SRS measurement result, and the SRS measurement result may be uplink channel information of the three transmission channels on its corresponding carrier, and the second device determines the first indication information based on the SRS measurement result. .
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the first precoding matrix in the target codebook, and the first precoding matrix is associated with the first reference signals of the three ports;
  • the target codebook includes at least one target precoding matrix, and the target The number of rows of the precoding matrix can be 3; that is, the target codebook is a 3-port precoding codebook; the first precoding matrix indicated by the first indication information is at least one target in the 3-port precoding codebook precoding matrix.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a 3-port precoding codebook.
  • the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is 2, the target precoding matrix has one and only 2 rows containing non-zero elements, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix , at this time, the target precoding matrix can be used to instruct the first device to use 2 ports out of the 3 ports for precoding.
  • the non-zero rows (ie, 2 rows containing non-zero elements) of the target precoding matrix are determined by [a1, b1; c1, d1], where a1, b1, c1, d1 are ⁇ 1/A 1 , Elements in -1/A 1 , j/A 1 , -j/A 1 ⁇ , where j is an imaginary unit and A 1 is a positive constant representing a factor that normalizes the power of the precoding vector in the codebook.
  • the row positions of the 2 rows of the target precoding matrix including non-zero elements are arbitrary.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • the target precoding matrix can be expressed as: Among them, a1, b1, c1, d1 are the elements in the above ⁇ 1/A 1 , -1/A 1 , j/A 1 , -j/A 1 ⁇ .
  • a1, b1, c1, d1 are elements in ⁇ 1/2, -1/2, j/2, -j/2 ⁇
  • the target precoding matrix can be:
  • any two columns in the listed target precoding matrices are orthogonal column vectors; and the listed target precoding matrices are Partially coherent precoding matrix.
  • the target precoding matrix has 3 rows containing non-zero elements, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix or a coherent precoding matrix; wherein, the coherent precoding matrix
  • the matrix is a precoding matrix in which all columns contain 3 non-zero elements.
  • the target precoding matrix can be used to instruct the first device to use 3 ports among the 3 ports for precoding.
  • the non-zero elements in the target precoding matrix are ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-e elements in j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ , where j is an imaginary unit and A 2 is a positive constant, representing a factor that normalizes the power of the precoding vector in the codebook, where the target precoding matrix contains non-
  • the row positions of the 3 rows of zero elements are arbitrary.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • the target precoding matrix when the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is 2, the target precoding matrix can be expressed as: Among them, at least one of a2 and b2 is a non-zero element, at least one of c2 and d2 is a non-zero element, and at least one of e2 and f2 is a non-zero element; when a2, b2, c2, d2, e2, f2 When any one of them is a non-zero element, the non-zero element is the above ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 , -e elements in j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ .
  • the target precoding matrix can be:
  • any two columns in the listed target precoding matrices are orthogonal column vectors; and the listed target precoding matrices are Partially coherent precoding matrix.
  • the target precoding matrix can be:
  • target precoding matrices are only examples and are not exhaustive; any two columns in the listed target precoding matrices are orthogonal column vectors; and the listed target precoding matrices are Partial coherent precoding matrix or coherent precoding matrix.
  • the target precoding matrix when the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is 3, the target precoding matrix can be expressed as: At least one of a3, b3, and c3 is a non-zero element, at least one of d3, e3, and f3 is a non-zero element, and at least one of g3, h3, and k3 is a non-zero element; when a3, b3, c3, d3 When any one of , e3, f3, g3, h3, and k3 is a non-zero element, the non-zero element is the above ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-1/ A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ .
  • the target precoding matrix can be:
  • any two columns in the listed target precoding matrices are orthogonal column vectors; and the listed target precoding matrices are Partially coherent precoding matrix.
  • the target precoding matrix can be:
  • any two columns in the listed target precoding matrices are orthogonal column vectors; and the listed target precoding matrices are Partially coherent precoding matrix.
  • the target precoding matrix can be:
  • target precoding matrices are only examples and are not exhaustive; the listed target precoding matrices are partial coherent precoding matrices.
  • the target codebook is a 3-port precoding codebook, as shown in Table 8-10 below, where W represents the target precoding matrix, and each row in each target precoding matrix corresponds to one transmit antenna port, and each column corresponds to one transmit antenna port.
  • Transport layer; a TPMI index corresponds to a target precoding matrix.
  • Table 8 Precoding matrix table for layer 1 transmission using 3 antenna ports
  • the codebook of Table 8 includes the target precoding matrix for layer 1 transmission using 3 antenna ports. Among them, a0 and b0 are the elements in ⁇ 1,e j ⁇ /3 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 ,-1,-e j2 ⁇ /3 ,-e j ⁇ /3 ⁇ .
  • Table 9 Precoding matrix table for layer 2 transmission using 3 antenna ports
  • the codebook of Table 9 includes: a target precoding matrix for layer 2 transmission using 3 antenna ports, where a1, b1, c1, d1 are ⁇ 1/A 1 , -1/A 1 , j/A 1 , -j/ Elements in A 1 ⁇ ; at least one of a2 and b2 is a non-zero element, at least one of c2 and d2 is a non-zero element, and at least one of e2 and f2 is a non-zero element; when a2, b2, c2, When any one of d2, e2, and f2 is a non-zero element, the non-zero element is ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 , -e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ .
  • the codebook of Table 10 includes: using 3 antenna ports and 3 layers to transmit a target precoding matrix, wherein at least one of a3, b3, and c3 is a non-zero element, at least one of d3, e3, and f3 is a non-zero element, and g3 At least one of , h3, k3 is a non-zero element; when any one of a3, b3, c3, d3, e3, f3, g3, h3, k3 is a non-zero element, the non-zero element is ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ .
  • each target precoding matrix and the index value corresponding to each target precoding matrix in the foregoing Tables 8 to 10 are only examples, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the precoding matrix tables of the codebooks in the above Tables 8 to 10 may be applicable to CP-OFDM waveforms, DFT-s-OFDM waveforms, etc., and the applicable waveforms of the embodiments of the present application to the above target precoding matrix tables are not be limited.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix in Table 9 and Table 10 are orthogonal column vectors.
  • the first indication information includes indication information of the first TPMI and/or indication information of the number of precoding layers; wherein the number of precoding layers is used to determine the target codebook, that is, to determine Table 8 or Table 8.
  • the precoding matrix table in 9 or Table 10 is the target codebook; the first TPMI is the index of the first precoding matrix in the target codebook.
  • the second device determines, based on the SRS measurement result, that the first precoding matrix is It is determined that the number of precoding layers of the first precoding matrix is 2, then the codebook for 3-port 2-layer transmission (that is, the precoding matrix table shown in Table 9) is the target codebook, and the first precoding matrix If the index value in the precoding matrix table shown in Table 9 above is 1, it is determined that the first TPMI is 1.
  • Step 304 The second device sends the first indication information to the first device.
  • the second device may send indication information indicating the above-mentioned first TPMI and/or the number of precoding layers to the first device. For example, one field may be sent to jointly indicate that the first TPMI is 1 and the number of precoding layers is 2; two fields may also be sent, wherein one field indicates that the first TPMI is 1, and the other field indicates that the number of precoding layers is 2.
  • Step 305 The first device receives the first indication information.
  • the first device may receive the above-mentioned indication information indicating the first TPMI and/or the number of precoding layers. Further, the first device can determine that the number of transmit antenna ports is 3 according to the number of 3 SRS ports in the SRS resource configuration, and then determine the precoding matrix table based on the 3 transmit antenna ports and the number of precoding layers, and finally use the first TPMI in the The first precoding matrix is determined in the precoding matrix table. For example, if the first indication information indicates that the number of precoding layers is 2, and the index value indicated by the first TPMI is 1, the codebook for 3-port 2-layer transmission can be searched (as shown in Table 9 above), and the first index corresponding to the index value 1 can be determined.
  • a precoding matrix is
  • a 3-port precoding codebook is designed, and the first indication information is used to indicate the first precoding matrix in the 3-port precoding codebook , so as to support the uplink transmission of up to 3 transmission channels on the same carrier; thus ensuring the maximum degree of freedom in the resource pooling of the uplink transmission channel and improving the uplink transmission performance.
  • FIG. 4 shows a flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the first device may be the terminal device 102 in FIG. 1, and the corresponding Yes, the second device may be the above-mentioned network device 101 in FIG. 1 .
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • Step 401 The first device sends a first reference signal of four ports.
  • the first reference signal may be an SRS
  • the 4 ports may be 4 SRS ports, and the 4 SRS ports are in one-to-one correspondence with the 4 transmit antenna ports
  • the time-frequency positions of the first reference signal of the 4 ports It can be configured by the second device.
  • Step 402 The second device receives the first reference signals of the four ports sent by the first device.
  • the second device may receive the above-mentioned SRS sent by the first device on the above-mentioned corresponding time-frequency resource.
  • Step 403 The second device determines the first indication information according to the first reference signals of the above four ports;
  • the second device may measure the above-mentioned SRS to obtain an SRS measurement result, and the SRS measurement result may be uplink channel information of the four transmission channels on its corresponding carrier, and the second device determines the first indication information based on the SRS measurement result. .
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the first precoding matrix in the target codebook, and the first precoding matrix is associated with the first reference signals of 4 ports;
  • the target codebook contains at least one target precoding matrix, and the target The number of rows of the precoding matrix can be 4; that is, the target codebook is a 4-port precoding codebook, such as an expanded 4-port precoding matrix table;
  • the first precoding matrix indicated by the first indication information That is, at least one target precoding matrix in the 4-port down-precoding codebook.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a 4-port precoding codebook after expanding the 4-port codebook, and the expanded 4-port precoding codebook includes For any 2-port codebook of 2-port combination, and any 3-port codebook of 3-port combination, each carrier can indicate a codebook including 1-port, 2-port, 3-port or 4-port through the extended 4-port TPMI.
  • the number of SRS ports configured by the second device is 4, and the number of antenna ports for scheduling and sending data (such as PUSCH) is 2.
  • the number of transmission layers is 1 or the number of transmission layers is 2 and it is a partial coherence type precoding matrix
  • the 4-port precoding codebook needs to be expanded to include a 2-port codebook of any 2-port combination.
  • the first device has a total of 4 antenna ports 0 to 3, the number of SRS ports configured on the second device is 4, and the number of antenna ports for scheduling data transmission is 2, such as antenna ports 0 and 1, if it is layer 1 transmission and data transmission
  • the precoding matrix of is Then the 4-port 1-layer codebook should contain If it is 2-layer transmission and the precoding matrix of the transmitted data is Then the 4-port 2-layer codebook should contain
  • the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is 2, the target precoding matrix has one and only 2 rows containing non-zero elements, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherence intervention coding matrix.
  • the target precoding matrix can be used to instruct the first device to use 2 ports out of 4 ports for precoding.
  • the non-zero rows of the target precoding matrix are determined by [a4, b4; c4, d4], where a4, b4, c4, d4 are ⁇ 1/A 1 , -1/A 1 , j/A 1 , -j/A 1 ⁇ , where j is an imaginary unit and A 1 is a positive constant.
  • the row positions of the 2 rows of the target precoding matrix including non-zero elements are arbitrary.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • the target precoding matrix can be expressed as: Wherein a4, b4, c4, d4 are the elements in the above ⁇ 1/A 1 , -1/A 1 , j/A 1 , -j/A 1 ⁇ .
  • a4, b4, c4, and d4 are elements in ⁇ 1/2,-1/2,j/2,-j/2 ⁇
  • the target precoding matrix can be:
  • any two columns in the listed target precoding matrices are orthogonal column vectors; and the listed target precoding matrices are Partially coherent precoding matrix.
  • the number of SRS ports configured by the second device is 4, the number of antenna ports for scheduling and sending data (such as PUSCH) is 3, and the precoding codebook of the 4 ports needs to be expanded to include any combination of 3 ports.
  • Port codebook For example, the first device has a total of 4 antenna ports 0 to 3, the number of SRS ports configured on the second device is 3 or 4, and the number of antenna ports for scheduling data transmission is 3, such as antenna ports 0, 1, and 3.
  • the 4-port 1-layer codebook should contain If it is 2-layer transmission and the precoding matrix of the transmitted data is Then the 4-port 2-layer codebook should contain If it is 3-layer transmission and the precoding matrix of the transmitted data is Then the 4-port 3-layer codebook should contain
  • the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix.
  • the target precoding matrix is The precoding matrix may be used to instruct the first device to use 3 of the 4 ports for precoding.
  • the non-zero elements in the target precoding matrix are ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 , -e elements in j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ , where j is an imaginary unit and A 2 is a positive constant, where the row position of the 3 rows of the target precoding matrix containing non-zero elements is arbitrary.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • the target precoding matrix when the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is 2, the target precoding matrix can be expressed as: At least one of a5 and b5 is a non-zero element, at least one of c5 and d5 is a non-zero element, and at least one of e5 and f5 is a non-zero element; when any of a5, b5, c5, d5, e5, f5 When one is a non-zero element, the non-zero element is the above ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 , -e elements in j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ .
  • the target precoding matrix can be:
  • any two columns in the listed target precoding matrices are orthogonal column vectors; and the listed target precoding matrices are Partially coherent precoding matrix.
  • the target precoding matrix can be:
  • any two columns in the listed target precoding matrices are orthogonal column vectors; and the listed target precoding matrices are Partially coherent precoding matrix.
  • the target precoding matrix when the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is 3, the target precoding matrix can be expressed as: Among them, at least one of a6, b6, and c6 is a non-zero element, at least one of d6, e6, and f6 is a non-zero element, and at least one of g6, h6, and k6 is a non-zero element; when a6, b6, c6 When any one of , d6, e6, f6, g6, h6, k6 is a non-zero element, the non-zero element is the above ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,- 1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ .
  • the target precoding matrix can be:
  • any two columns in the listed target precoding matrices are orthogonal column vectors; and the listed target precoding matrices are Partially coherent precoding matrix.
  • the target precoding matrix can be:
  • any two columns in the listed target precoding matrices are orthogonal column vectors; and the listed target precoding matrices are Partially coherent precoding matrix.
  • the target precoding matrix can be:
  • target precoding matrices are only examples and are not exhaustive; the listed target precoding matrices are partial coherent precoding matrices.
  • the target codebook is an expanded 4-port precoding matrix table, as shown in Table 11-13 below, where W represents a precoding matrix, each row in each target precoding matrix corresponds to a transmit antenna port, and each column Corresponds to a transport layer; a TPMI index corresponds to a target precoding matrix.
  • the codebook in Table 11 includes: an extended precoding matrix table for 1-layer transmission using 4 antenna ports, and the precoding matrices with indexes 28-43 in the table are extensions when 2 antenna ports are actually used to transmit 1-layer data, so that the data actually uses The positions of the 2 antenna ports are not limited.
  • the last four matrices in the table are examples of target precoding matrices when the number of antenna ports scheduled to transmit data is 3 and the number of transmission layers is 1, where the values of a0 and b0 can be ⁇ 1,e j ⁇ /3 ,e j2 ⁇ / 3 ,-1,-e j2 ⁇ /3 ,-e j ⁇ /3 ⁇ .
  • the codebook in Table 12 includes: the target precoding matrix for 2-layer transmission using 4 antenna ports, and the precoding matrix with indexes 22-33 in the table is an expansion when actually using 2 antenna ports to transmit 2-layer data, so that the transmitted data uses The position of the antenna ports is not limited, and the actually used 2 antenna ports can perform coherent precoding.
  • the last four matrices in the table are examples of target precoding matrices when the actual number of antenna ports used for scheduling transmission data is 3 and the number of transmission layers is 2, where at least one of a5 and b5 is a non-zero element, and the At least one is a non-zero element, and at least one of e5 and f5 is a non-zero element; when a5 or b5 or c5 or d5 or e5 or f5 is a non-zero element, the non-zero element is ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ .
  • the codebook in Table 13 includes: the target precoding matrix for 3-layer transmission using 4 antenna ports, the last four matrices in the table are examples of the precoding matrix when the actual number of antenna ports used for scheduling transmission data is 3 and the number of transmission layers is 3 .
  • at least one of a6, b6, and c6 is a non-zero element
  • at least one of d6, e6, and f6 is a non-zero element
  • at least one of g6, h6, and k6 is a non-zero element
  • the non-zero element is the above ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,- 1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ .
  • each target precoding matrix and the index value corresponding to each target precoding matrix in the foregoing Table 11-Table 13 are only examples, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the applicable waveforms of the above target precoding matrix table.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix in Table 12 and Table 13 above are orthogonal column vectors.
  • the first indication information includes indication information of the first TPMI and/or indication information of the number of precoding layers.
  • the second device determines, based on the SRS measurement result, that the first precoding matrix is It is determined that the number of precoding layers of the first precoding matrix is 3, then the codebook for 4-port 3-layer transmission (that is, the precoding matrix table shown in Table 13) is the target codebook, and the first precoding matrix If the index value in the target precoding matrix table shown in Table 13 above is 2, it is determined that the first TPMI is 2.
  • Step 404 The second device sends the first indication information to the first device.
  • the second device may send the above-mentioned indication information indicating the first TPMI and/or the number of precoding layers to the first device. For example, one field may be sent to jointly indicate that the first TPMI is 2 and the number of precoding layers is 3; two fields may also be sent, wherein one field indicates that the first TPMI is 2, and the other field indicates that the number of precoding layers is 3.
  • Step 405 The first device receives the first indication information.
  • the first device may receive indication information indicating the foregoing first TPMI and/or the number of precoding layers. Further, the first device can determine that the number of transmit antenna ports is 4 according to the number of 4 SRS ports in the SRS resource configuration, and then determine the target codebook (such as a precoding matrix table) based on the number of 4 transmit antenna ports and the number of precoding layers. , and finally determine the first precoding matrix in the precoding matrix table through the first TPMI. For example, if the first indication information indicates that the number of precoding layers is 3, and the index value indicated by the first TPMI is 2, the codebook for 4-port 3-layer transmission can be searched (as shown in Table 13 above), and the first index corresponding to the index value 2 can be determined.
  • a precoding matrix is
  • the 4-port codebook is expanded to include a 2-port codebook of any 2-port combination and a 3-port codebook of any 3-port combination.
  • An indication message is used to indicate the first precoding matrix in the expanded 4-port codebook, so that each carrier indicates a 2-port or 3-port or 4-port codebook through the expanded 4-port TPMI; thus the same carrier can be supported Uplink transmission of up to 3 transmission channels; thus ensuring the maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling and improving uplink transmission performance.
  • Fig. 5 shows a flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application, and the method can be applied to the communication system shown in Fig. 1 above, wherein the first device can be the terminal device 102 in Fig. 1, and the corresponding Yes, the second device may be the above-mentioned network device 101 in FIG. 1 .
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • Step 501 The first device sends first reference signals of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2.
  • the first reference signal may be an SRS; the M ports may be M SRS ports, and the M SRS ports are in one-to-one correspondence with the M transmit antenna ports.
  • the first device may send the SRS on the corresponding time-frequency resource according to the SRS resource configuration; the time-frequency position of the first reference signal may be configured by the second device.
  • Step 502 The second device receives the first reference signals sent by the first device for the M ports.
  • the second device may receive the above-mentioned SRS sent by the first device on the above-mentioned corresponding time-frequency resource.
  • Step 503 The second device determines the second indication information according to the first reference signals of the M ports.
  • the second device may measure the SRS to obtain an SRS measurement result, where the SRS measurement result may be uplink channel information of each transmission channel on its corresponding carrier, and the second device determines the second indication information based on the SRS measurement result.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate N ports in the M ports and a second precoding matrix in the target codebook, the second precoding matrix is associated with the N ports, and the number of rows of the second precoding matrix is is N, where N is a positive integer less than M.
  • the second precoding matrix is associated with N SRS ports, that is, the second precoding matrix is located in the target codebook corresponding to the number of N SRS ports.
  • the N ports are associated with the antenna ports through which the first device actually transmits data.
  • the target codebook contains at least one target precoding matrix, the number of rows of the target precoding matrix may be N, and the target precoding matrix does not contain rows whose elements are all 0; the second precoding matrix indicated by the second indication information That is, at least one target precoding matrix in the precoding codebook under N ports.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • the applicable waveforms of the target precoding matrix may include: DFT-s-OFDM waveform, CP-OFDM waveform or other waveforms.
  • DFT-s-OFDM waveform can be used for power-constrained scenarios, which supports maximum single-stream data transmission while ensuring single-carrier characteristics; for resource-constrained scenarios, cyclic prefix CP-OFDM waveform can be used, this waveform Support single-stream or multi-stream data transmission to improve the spectral efficiency of the communication system.
  • the second indication information may include: indication information of a port bitmap, where the port bitmap is used to indicate N ports in the M ports, wherein each port bitmap When the bit is 0, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is not used, and when it is 1, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is used, or, each bit in the port bit bitmap is: When it is 1, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is not used, and when it is 0, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is used.
  • the second indication information may include: indication information of a port indication vector, where the port indication vector is used to indicate N ports among the M ports, and the ith element in the port indication vector indicates that One of the M ports of the first reference signal corresponding to the ith row in the second precoding matrix.
  • the second indication information may further include indication information of the number of precoding layers and/or indication information of the second TPMI, where the number of precoding layers is used to determine the target codebook (eg, the precoding matrix Table), the second TPMI is the index of the second precoding matrix in the target codebook.
  • the number of precoding layers and the second TPMI may be carried in the same or different fields.
  • Step 504 The second device sends second indication information to the first device.
  • the second device may send the above-mentioned indication information indicating the second TPMI, the number of precoding layers, and the port bitmap to the first device.
  • the second TPMI, the number of precoding layers, and the port bitmap may be is carried in the same field; or, the second device may send the first device indication information indicating the second TPMI, the number of precoding layers, and the port indicator vector, optionally, the second TPMI, the number of precoding layers, and the port indicator vector Can be carried in the same field.
  • the first TPMI, the number of precoding layers and the port indication vector can be indicated by the precoding information and number of layers fields in the DCI.
  • this field may occupy 8 bits, and different bit values of the 8 bits indicate the second TPMI, the number of precoding layers, and the port indication vector, for example, 00000000 indicates that the second TPMI is 0, and the number of precoding layers is 1, port indication vector 00011001 indicates that the first TPMI is 2, the number of precoding layers is 3, and the port indication vector
  • Step 505 The first device receives the second indication information.
  • the first device may receive the above-mentioned indication information indicating the second TPMI, the number of precoding layers, and the port bitmap; further, the first device may determine the precoding matrix table according to the port bitmap and the number of precoding layers. , the second precoding matrix is determined in the precoding matrix table through the second TPMI, and the transmit antenna port corresponding to each row of the second precoding matrix is determined through the port bitmap.
  • the first device may receive the above-mentioned indication information indicating the second TPMI, the number of precoding layers and the port indication vector; further, the first device may determine the precoding matrix table according to the port indication vector and the number of precoding layers, by The second TPMI determines the second precoding matrix in the precoding matrix table, and determines the transmit antenna port corresponding to each row of the second precoding matrix through the port indication vector.
  • the number M of reference signal ports configured by the second device for the first device is greater than N
  • the number of antenna ports used by the second device to schedule the first device to send data according to the reference signal measurement result is N
  • the number of antenna ports used by the second device to send data is N.
  • the corresponding codebook is used for TPMI indication, and the indication of "antenna port selection" is additionally added, so that the TPMI indication method can meet the requirement of resource pooling of the transmission channel; ensure the maximum degree of freedom of resource pooling of the uplink transmission channel, and improve the uplink transmission performance.
  • FIG. 6 shows a flowchart of another communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the first device may be the terminal device 102 in FIG. 1, and the corresponding Yes, the second device may be the above-mentioned network device 101 in FIG. 1 .
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • Step 601 The first device sends first reference signals of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2.
  • Step 602 The second device receives the first reference signals sent by the first device for the M ports.
  • Step 603 The second device determines the second indication information according to the first reference signal.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate 3 ports in the M ports and the second precoding matrix in the target codebook, and the number of rows of the second precoding matrix is 3; In association, the three ports are associated with the antenna ports through which the first device actually transmits data.
  • the target codebook contains at least one target precoding matrix, the number of rows of the target precoding matrix is 3, and the target precoding matrix does not contain rows whose elements are all 0; the second precoding matrix indicated by the second indication information is is at least one of the target precoding matrices in the target codebook.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • the target codebook may be the codebook of 3 ports shown in Table 8-Table 10 above.
  • the second indication information may include indication information of a port bitmap, where the port bitmap is used to indicate 3 ports among the M ports.
  • the three antenna ports are the antenna ports used when transmitting data, and the first row of the precoding matrix corresponds to SRS port 0, the second row of the precoding matrix corresponds to SRS port 1, and the third row of the precoding matrix corresponds to the SRS port. 2 corresponds, while the first row of the precoding matrix corresponds to the antenna port associated with SRS port 0, the second row of the precoding matrix corresponds to the antenna port associated with SRS port 1, and the third row of the precoding matrix is associated with SRS port 2. corresponding to the antenna port.
  • the second indication information may include: indication information of a port indication vector, where the port indication vector indicates 3 ports among the M ports, and the ith element in the port indication vector indicates the first One of the M ports of the first reference signal corresponding to the ith row in the precoding matrix.
  • the selection of the antenna port is indicated by the port indication vector, for example: the port indication vector is It indicates that the antenna ports associated with the three ports of the above SRS ports 0, 1, and 2 are selected.
  • the three antenna ports are the antenna ports used when transmitting data, and the first row of the precoding matrix corresponds to SRS port 0.
  • the precoding The second row of the matrix corresponds to SRS port 1
  • the third row of the precoding matrix corresponds to SRS port 2
  • the first row of the precoding matrix corresponds to the antenna port associated with SRS port 0
  • the second row of the precoding matrix corresponds to
  • the antenna port associated with the SRS port 1 corresponds to the antenna port associated with the SRS port 2
  • the third row of the precoding matrix corresponds to the antenna port associated with the SRS port 2.
  • the second indication information may further include indication information of the second TPMI and/or indication information of the number of precoding layers, where the number of precoding layers is used to determine the target codebook, and the second TPMI is the index of the second precoding matrix in the target codebook.
  • the second precoding matrix determined by the second device is The number of precoding layers is 1, and the second TPMI is determined to be 15 according to the codebook for 3-port 1-layer transmission in Table 8 above.
  • Step 604 The second device sends second indication information to the first device.
  • the second device may send information indicating the foregoing second TPMI, the number of precoding layers, and the port bitmap to the first device.
  • the second precoding matrix is The antenna ports are selected as 3 antenna ports associated with SRS ports 0, 1, and 2, then the number of precoding layers is 1, the index value of the second TPMI is 15, and the port bitmap is [1,1,1,0] .
  • the second device may send information indicating the second TPMI, the number of precoding layers, and the port indication vector to the first device.
  • the second precoding matrix is The antenna ports are selected as 3 antenna ports associated with SRS ports 0, 1, and 2, the number of precoding layers is 1, the index value of the second TPMI is 15, and the port indication vector is [0, 1, 2].
  • Step 605 The first device receives the second indication information.
  • the first device may receive the above-mentioned information indicating the second TPMI, the number of precoding layers, and the port bitmap, or receive information indicating the second TPMI, the number of precoding layers, and the port indication vector; further, the first A device may search the second precoding matrix according to the number of precoding layers and the second TPMI, and determine 3 ports among the M ports according to the port bitmap or the port indication vector.
  • the second indication information indicates that the number of precoding layers is 2, and the index value of the second TPMI is 15 and the port indication vector is
  • the first device determines that the number of precoding layers is 2 and the indication vector It is determined that the precoding matrix table is a precoding matrix that uses 3 antenna ports for 2-layer transmission, that is, the above Table 9, and the second precoding matrix is determined by the index value 15 of the second TPMI as and indicate the vector through the port Sure
  • the first row corresponds to the antenna port associated with the antenna SRS0
  • the second row corresponds to the antenna port associated with the SRS port 1
  • the third row corresponds to the antenna port associated with the SRS port 2.
  • the number M of reference signal ports configured by the second device for the first device is greater than 3
  • the number of antenna ports used by the second device to schedule the first device to send data according to the reference signal measurement result is 3
  • the number of antenna ports used by the second device to send data is 3.
  • the corresponding codebook is used for TPMI indication, and the indication of "antenna port selection" is additionally added, so that the TPMI indication method can meet the requirement of resource pooling of the transmission channel; ensure the maximum degree of freedom of resource pooling of the uplink transmission channel, and improve the uplink transmission performance.
  • FIG. 7 shows a flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the first device may be the terminal device 102 in FIG. 1, and the corresponding , the second device may be the network device 101 in FIG. 1 above.
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • Step 701 The first device sends first reference signals of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2.
  • Step 702 The second device receives the first reference signal sent by the first device with 4 ports.
  • Step 703 The second device determines the second indication information according to the first reference signal.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate 2 ports in the M ports and the second precoding matrix in the target codebook, and the number of rows of the second precoding matrix is 2; In association, the two ports are associated with the antenna port through which the first device actually transmits data.
  • the target codebook contains at least one target precoding matrix, the number of rows of the target precoding matrix may be 2, and the target precoding matrix does not contain rows whose elements are all 0; the second precoding matrix indicated by the second indication information That is, at least one of the target precoding matrices in the target codebook.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • the target codebook may be the codebook of 2 ports shown in Table 1-Table 2 above, It will not be repeated here.
  • the second indication information may include a port bitmap, where the port bitmap is used to indicate 2 ports among the M ports.
  • the second device configures the first device to configure three ports of SRS, ranging from 0 to 2. It is assumed that when the first device sends SRS, the three ports of the SRS are respectively connected with the three antenna ports of the first device. association; the second device schedules the first device to send data using the antenna ports corresponding to the two ports of SRS ports 0 and 1 according to the SRS measurement result.
  • the second device indicates the selection of the antenna port through the port bitmap. For example, the port bitmap [1,1,0] indicates that the antenna ports associated with the two SRS ports 0 and 1 are selected, and the two antenna ports are selected.
  • the antenna port used when sending data is the antenna port used when sending data
  • the first row of the precoding matrix corresponds to SRS port 0
  • the second row of the precoding matrix corresponds to SRS port 1
  • the first row of the precoding matrix is associated with SRS port 0.
  • the antenna ports correspond, and the second row of the precoding matrix corresponds to the antenna ports associated with SRS port 1.
  • the second device indicates the selection of the antenna port through the port bitmap. For example, the port bitmap [1, 1, 0, 0] indicates that the antenna ports associated with the two SRS ports 0 and 1 are selected.
  • the antenna port is the antenna port used when sending data, and the first row of the precoding matrix corresponds to SRS port 0, the second row of the precoding matrix corresponds to SRS port 1, and the first row of the precoding matrix corresponds to SRS port 0.
  • the associated antenna ports correspond, and the second row of the precoding matrix corresponds to the antenna ports associated with SRS port 1.
  • the second indication information may include: a port indication vector, where the port indication vector is used to indicate 2 ports among the M ports, and the ith element in the port indication vector indicates that the One of the M ports of the first reference signal corresponding to the i-th row in the first precoding matrix.
  • the selection of the antenna port is indicated by the port indication vector, for example, the port indication vector is Indicates that the antenna ports associated with the above-mentioned SRS ports 1 and 2 are selected, the two antenna ports are the antenna ports used when transmitting data, and the first row of the precoding matrix corresponds to SRS port 1.
  • the second row corresponds to SRS port 1
  • the first row of the precoding matrix corresponds to the antenna port associated with SRS port 1
  • the second row of the precoding matrix corresponds to the antenna port associated with SRS port 2.
  • the second indication information may further include indication information of the second TPMI and/or indication information of the number of precoding layers, where the number of precoding layers is used to determine the target codebook, and the second TPMI is the index of the second precoding matrix in the target codebook.
  • the second precoding matrix determined by the second device is The number of precoding layers is 2, and the index value of the second TPMI is determined to be 1 according to the codebook for 2-port 2-layer transmission in Table 2 above.
  • Step 704 The second device sends second indication information to the first device.
  • the second device may send information indicating the foregoing second TPMI, the number of precoding layers, and the port bitmap to the first device.
  • the second precoding matrix is The antenna ports are selected as 2 antenna ports associated with SRS ports 0 and 1, the number of precoding layers is 2, the index value of the second TPMI is 1, and the port bitmap is [1,1,0,0].
  • the second device may send the second TPMI, the number of precoding layers, and the port indication vector to the first device.
  • the second precoding matrix is The antenna ports are selected as 2 antenna ports associated with SRS ports 1 and 2, then the number of precoding layers is 2, the index value of the second TPMI is 1, and the port indication vector is
  • Step 705 The first device receives the second indication information.
  • the first device may receive the above-mentioned information indicating the second TPMI, the number of precoding layers, and the port bitmap, or receive information indicating the second TPMI, the number of precoding layers, and the port indication vector; further, the first A device may search for the second precoding matrix according to the number of precoding layers and the second TPMI, and determine 2 of the M ports according to the port bitmap or the port indication vector.
  • the precoding matrix table is a precoding matrix that uses 2 antenna ports for 2-layer transmission, that is, the above Table 2, and the second precoding matrix is determined by the index value 1 of the second TPMI as and indicate the vector through the port Sure
  • the first row corresponds to the antenna port associated with SRS port 1
  • the second row corresponds to the antenna port associated with SRS port 2.
  • the second device when the number M of reference signal ports configured by the second device for the first device is greater than 2, the second device schedules the number of antenna ports used by the first device to send data to 2 according to the reference signal measurement result, and the number of antenna ports used by the second device to send data is 2.
  • the corresponding codebook is used for TPMI indication, and the indication of "antenna port selection" is additionally added, so that the TPMI indication method can meet the requirement of resource pooling of the transmission channel; ensure the maximum degree of freedom of resource pooling of the uplink transmission channel, and improve the uplink transmission performance.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device.
  • FIG. 8 shows a structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus may include: a first module 801 and a second module 802 .
  • the first module 801 is used for the first device to send first reference signals of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2; the second module 802 is used for the first device to receive the first indication information,
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the first precoding matrix in the target codebook, the first precoding matrix is associated with the first reference signal, the target codebook contains at least one target precoding matrix, and the number of rows of the target precoding matrix is M ;
  • the target precoding matrix has and only has 2 rows containing non-zero elements, the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is 2, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix;
  • the target precoding matrix has and only has 3 The row contains non-zero elements, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix or a coherent precoding matrix; or, the target precoding matrix has and only K rows contain nonzero elements, where K is less than M and not less than 4 , and the target precoding matrix is a partially coherent precoding matrix.
  • the above-mentioned partial coherent precoding matrix is a precoding matrix with one column containing more than one and less than M non-zero elements
  • the above-mentioned coherent precoding matrix is a precoding matrix in which all columns contain M non-zero elements encoding matrix.
  • the first indication information includes indication information of a first TPMI, where the first TPMI is an index of the first precoding matrix in the target codebook.
  • the 2 rows of the target precoding matrix containing non-zero elements are determined by [a, b; c, d], a , b, c, and d are elements in ⁇ 1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1 ⁇ , where j is an imaginary unit and A1 is a positive constant.
  • the 2 rows of the target precoding matrix containing non-zero elements are in any row position of the target precoding matrix, and the target precoding matrix A matrix of 2 rows containing non-zero elements is [a, b; c, d].
  • the non-zero elements are ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ , where j is an imaginary unit, A 2 is a positive constant, and the target precoding matrix contains non-zero
  • the row position of the 3 rows of elements is arbitrary.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • the applicable waveforms of the target precoding matrix include: DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM.
  • a target codebook of M (M is an integer greater than 2) ports can be supported, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target codebook of the M ports Therefore, multiple transmission channels can be selected from M transmission channels for uplink transmission; thus, the maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling can be ensured, and the uplink transmission performance can be improved.
  • the first module 801 is used for: the first device sends first reference signals of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2; the second module 802 is used for: the first device receives the second reference signal Indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate N ports in the M ports, and a second precoding matrix in the target codebook, the second precoding matrix is associated with the N ports, and the row of the second precoding matrix is The number is N, where N is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
  • the target codebook includes at least one target precoding matrix, the number of rows of the target precoding matrix is N, and the target precoding matrix does not include rows whose elements are all 0s.
  • the second indication information includes indication information of the second TPMI
  • the second TPMI is an index of the second precoding matrix in the target codebook.
  • the second indication information includes: indication information of a port bitmap, where the port bitmap is used to indicate N ports in the M ports; wherein each bit in the port bitmap is 0 When it is 1, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is not used, and when it is 1, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is used, or, when each bit in the port bitmap is 1, it indicates The corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is not used, and when it is 0, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is used; or, the second indication information includes: indication information of the port indication vector, the port The indication vector is used to indicate N ports among the M ports, and the ith element in the port indication vector represents one of the M ports of the first reference signal corresponding to the ith row in the second precoding matrix.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • the applicable waveforms of the target precoding matrix include: DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM.
  • the second device schedules the first device to send data according to the measurement result of the first reference signal.
  • the number of antenna ports is N
  • the precoding matrix is indicated by the codebook corresponding to the number of antenna ports, and an additional indication of "antenna port selection" is added, so that the precoding matrix indication method can meet the requirements of the transmission channel resource pooling; ensure uplink transmission Maximum freedom of channel resource pooling to improve uplink transmission performance.
  • FIG. 9 shows a structural diagram of a communication apparatus according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus may include: a third module 901 and a fourth module 902 .
  • the third module 901 is used for: the second device receives the first reference signals of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2; the fourth module 902 is used for the second device to send the first indication information
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the first precoding matrix in the target codebook, the first precoding matrix is associated with the first reference signal, the target codebook contains at least one target precoding matrix, and the number of rows of the target precoding matrix is M; wherein, the target precoding matrix has and only has 2 rows containing non-zero elements, the number of columns of the target precoding matrix is 2, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix; or, the target precoding matrix has and only There are 3 rows containing non-zero elements, and the target precoding matrix is a partial coherent precoding matrix or a coherent precoding matrix; or, the target precoding matrix has and only K rows contain nonzero elements, where K is less than M and not An integer less than 4, and the target precoding matrix is a partially coherent precoding matrix.
  • the partial coherent precoding matrix is a precoding matrix with one column containing more than one and less than M non-zero elements
  • the coherent precoding matrix is a precoding matrix in which all columns contain M non-zero elements .
  • the first indication information includes indication information of a first TPMI, where the first TPMI is an index of the first precoding matrix in the target codebook.
  • the 2 rows of the target precoding matrix containing non-zero elements are determined by [a, b; c, d], a , b, c, and d are elements in ⁇ 1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1 ⁇ , where j is an imaginary unit and A1 is a positive constant.
  • the target precoding matrix contains 2 rows of non-zero elements in any row position of the target precoding matrix, and the target precoding matrix comprises 2 rows of non-zero elements.
  • the matrix is [a, b; c,d].
  • the non-zero elements are ⁇ 1/A 2 ,e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-1/A 2 ,-e j2 ⁇ /3 /A 2 ,-e j ⁇ /3 /A 2 ⁇ , where j is an imaginary unit, A 2 is a positive constant, and the target precoding matrix contains non-zero
  • the row position of the 3 rows of elements is arbitrary.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • the applicable waveforms of the target precoding matrix include: DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM.
  • a target codebook of M (M is an integer greater than 2) ports can be supported, and the first indication information is used to indicate the target codebook of the M ports Therefore, multiple transmission channels can be selected from M transmission channels for uplink transmission; thus, the maximum degree of freedom of uplink transmission channel resource pooling can be ensured, and the uplink transmission performance can be improved.
  • the third module 901 is used for: the second device receives the first reference signals of M ports, where M is an integer greater than 2; the fourth module 902 is used for: the second device sends the second reference signal indication information; the second indication information is used to indicate N ports in the M ports, and a second precoding matrix in the target codebook, the second precoding matrix is associated with the N ports, and the row of the second precoding matrix is The number is N, where N is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
  • the target codebook includes at least one target precoding matrix, the number of rows of the target precoding matrix is N, and the target precoding matrix does not include rows whose elements are all 0s.
  • the second indication information includes indication information of the second TPMI
  • the second TPMI is an index of the second precoding matrix in the target codebook.
  • the second indication information includes: indication information of a port bitmap, where the port bitmap is used to indicate N ports in the M ports; wherein each bit in the port bitmap is 0 When it is 1, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is not used, and when it is 1, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is used; or, when each bit in the port bit bitmap is 1, it indicates The corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is not used, and when it is 0, it indicates that the corresponding port among the M ports of the first reference signal is used; or, the second indication information includes: indication information of the port indication vector, The port indication vector is used to indicate N ports among the M ports, and the ith element in the port indication vector represents one of the M ports of the first reference signal corresponding to the ith row in the second precoding matrix.
  • any two columns in the target precoding matrix are orthogonal column vectors.
  • the applicable waveforms of the target precoding matrix include: DFT-s-OFDM or CP-OFDM.
  • the second device schedules the first device to send data according to the measurement result of the first reference signal.
  • the number of antenna ports is N
  • the precoding matrix is indicated by the codebook corresponding to the number of antenna ports, and an additional indication of "antenna port selection" is added, so that the precoding matrix indication method can meet the requirement of resource pooling of transmission channels; ensure uplink transmission Maximum freedom of channel resource pooling to improve uplink transmission performance.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the first device and the second device in any of the foregoing embodiments, where the first device is configured to execute any of the technical solutions shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. 7 , the The second device is configured to execute any of the technical solutions shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may include: at least one processor 3001 , a communication line 3002 , a memory 3003 and at least one communication interface 3004 .
  • the processor 3001 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more processors used to control the execution of the programs of the present application. integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • Communication line 3002 may include a path to communicate information between the components described above.
  • Communication interface 3004 using any transceiver-like device, is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, RAN, wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.
  • devices or communication networks such as Ethernet, RAN, wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.
  • Memory 3003 may be read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM) or other types of information and instructions It can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, CD-ROM storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or capable of carrying or storing desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and capable of being executed by a computer Access any other medium without limitation.
  • the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through communication line 3002. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory provided by the embodiments of the present application may generally be non-volatile.
  • the memory 3003 is used for storing computer-executed instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 3001 .
  • the processor 3001 is configured to execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 3003, thereby implementing the methods provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-executed instructions in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 3001 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 10 .
  • the communication apparatus may include multiple processors, for example, the processor 3001 and the processor 3007 in FIG. 10 .
  • processors can be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the communication apparatus may further include an output device 3005 and an input device 3006 .
  • the output device 3005 is in communication with the processor 3001 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 3005 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector) Wait.
  • Input device 3006 is in communication with processor 3001 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 3006 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensor device, or the like.
  • the first module 801 in FIG. 8 may be implemented by the communication interface 3004 and/or the processor 3001 in FIG. 10 , and the second module 802 in FIG.
  • the communication interface 3004 and/or the processor 3001 in 10 to implement this embodiment of the present application does not impose any limitation on this.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may include: at least one processor 3101 , a communication line 3102 , a memory 3103 and at least one communication interface 3104 .
  • the processor 3101 may be a general-purpose central processing unit, a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit, or one or more integrated circuits used to control the execution of the programs of the present application.
  • Communication line 3102 may include a path to communicate information between the components described above.
  • Communication interface 3104 using any transceiver-like device, is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, RAN, wireless local area network, and the like.
  • the memory 3103 can be a read-only memory or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only device memory, CD-ROM or other CD-ROM storage, CD-ROM storage (including compact discs, laser discs, CD-ROMs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray Discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or capable of being used to carry or store instructions or The desired program code in the form of a data structure and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer, but not limited thereto.
  • the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through communication line 3102. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory provided by the embodiments of the present application may generally be non-volatile.
  • the memory 3103 is used for storing computer-executed instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 3101 .
  • the processor 3101 is configured to execute the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 3103, thereby implementing the methods provided in the foregoing embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-executed instructions in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 3101 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 11 .
  • the communication apparatus may include multiple processors, for example, the processor 3101 and the processor 3107 in FIG. 11 .
  • processors can be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor.
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the communication apparatus may further include an output device 3105 and an input device 3106 .
  • the output device 3105 is in communication with the processor 3101 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 3105 may be a liquid crystal display, a light emitting diode display device, a cathode ray tube display device, a projector, or the like.
  • Input device 3106 is in communication with processor 3101 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 3106 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensor device, or the like.
  • the third module 901 in FIG. 9 may be implemented by the communication interface 3104 and/or the processor 3101 in FIG. 11 , and the fourth module 9012 in FIG. 11 to implement the communication interface 3104 and/or the processor 3101, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip shown in FIG. 12 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor.
  • the chip includes processor 3201 .
  • the processor 3201 is configured to support the communication device to perform any of the technical solutions shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. 7 .
  • the chip further includes a transceiver 3202, and the transceiver 3202 is configured to accept the control of the processor 3201, and is used to support the communication device to perform the above technical solutions.
  • the transceiver 3202 is configured to accept the control of the processor 3201, and is used to support the communication device to perform the above technical solutions. Exemplarily, any one of the ones shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. 7 can be performed. Methods.
  • the chip shown in FIG. 12 may further include: a storage medium 3203 .
  • a storage medium 3203 Exemplarily, the codebooks in Table 1 to Table 13 above can be stored in the storage medium 3203 .
  • the chip shown in FIG. 12 can be implemented using the following circuits or devices: one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), programmable logic device (PLD) , controllers, state machines, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuits, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • controllers state machines
  • gate logic discrete hardware components
  • discrete hardware components any other suitable circuits, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
  • FIG. 2- The method shown in any of FIG. 7 .
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product, including computer-readable codes, or a non-volatile computer-readable storage medium carrying computer-readable codes, when the computer-readable codes are stored in a processor of an electronic device When running, the processor in the electronic device executes the above technical solution, and exemplarily, the method shown in any one of FIG. 2 to FIG. 7 may be executed.
  • a computer-readable storage medium may be a tangible device that can hold and store instructions for use by the instruction execution device.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be, for example, but not limited to, an electrical storage device, a magnetic storage device, an optical storage device, an electromagnetic storage device, a semiconductor storage device, or any suitable combination of the foregoing.
  • Computer readable program instructions or code described herein may be downloaded to various computing/processing devices from a computer readable storage medium, or to an external computer or external storage device over a network such as the Internet, a local area network, a wide area network and/or a wireless network.
  • the network may include copper transmission cables, fiber optic transmission, wireless transmission, routers, firewalls, switches, gateway computers, and/or edge servers.
  • a network adapter card or network interface in each computing/processing device receives computer-readable program instructions from a network and forwards the computer-readable program instructions for storage in a computer-readable storage medium in each computing/processing device .
  • the computer program instructions used to perform the operations of the present application may be assembly instructions, Instruction Set Architecture (ISA) instructions, machine instructions, machine-related instructions, microcode, firmware instructions, state setting data, or in one or more source or object code written in any combination of programming languages, including object-oriented programming languages such as Smalltalk, C++, etc., and conventional procedural programming languages such as the "C" language or similar programming languages.
  • the computer readable program instructions may execute entirely on the user's computer, partly on the user's computer, as a stand-alone software package, partly on the user's computer and partly on a remote computer, or entirely on the remote computer or server implement.
  • the remote computer may be connected to the user's computer through any kind of network—including a Local Area Network (LAN) or a Wide Area Network (WAN)—or, may be connected to an external computer (eg, use an internet service provider to connect via the internet).
  • electronic circuits such as programmable logic circuits, Field-Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA), or Programmable Logic Arrays (Programmable Logic Arrays), are personalized by utilizing state information of computer-readable program instructions.
  • Logic Array, PLA the electronic circuit can execute computer readable program instructions to implement various aspects of the present application.
  • These computer readable program instructions may be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer or other programmable data processing apparatus to produce a machine that causes the instructions when executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing apparatus , resulting in means for implementing the functions/acts specified in one or more blocks of the flowchart and/or block diagrams.
  • These computer readable program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable storage medium, these instructions cause a computer, programmable data processing apparatus and/or other equipment to operate in a specific manner, so that the computer readable medium on which the instructions are stored includes An article of manufacture comprising instructions for implementing various aspects of the functions/acts specified in one or more blocks of the flowchart and/or block diagrams.
  • Computer readable program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer, other programmable data processing apparatus, or other equipment to cause a series of operational steps to be performed on the computer, other programmable data processing apparatus, or other equipment to produce a computer-implemented process , thereby causing instructions executing on a computer, other programmable data processing apparatus, or other device to implement the functions/acts specified in one or more blocks of the flowcharts and/or block diagrams.
  • each block in the flowchart or block diagrams may represent a module, segment, or portion of instructions, which comprises one or more functions for implementing the specified logical function(s) executable instructions.
  • the functions noted in the blocks may occur out of the order noted in the figures. For example, two blocks in succession may, in fact, be executed substantially concurrently, or the blocks may sometimes be executed in the reverse order, depending upon the functionality involved.
  • each block of the block diagrams and/or flowchart illustrations, and combinations of blocks in the block diagrams and/or flowchart illustrations can be implemented in hardware (eg, circuits or ASICs (Application) that perform the corresponding functions or actions. Specific Integrated Circuit, application-specific integrated circuit)), or can be implemented with a combination of hardware and software, such as firmware.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Radio Transmission System (AREA)

Abstract

本申请涉及一种通信方法、装置、芯片、存储介质及程序产品，其中，该方法包括：接收指示目标码本中的预编码矩阵的指示信息，预编码矩阵与M(M>2)个端口的参考信号关联，目标码本包含行数为M的预编码矩阵；其中，有且仅有2行包含非零元素，列数为2，且为部分相干预编码矩阵；或，有且仅有3行包含非零元素，且为部分相干预编码矩阵或相干预编码矩阵；或，有且仅有K(M>K≥4)行包含非零元素，且为部分相干预编码矩阵。本申请中，对上行预编码码本及指示方法进行增强，从而满足发射通道资源池化的上行增强需求。本方案可以应用于通信系统，例如V2X、LTE-V、V2V、车联网、MTC、IoT、LTE-M、M2M、物联网等。

Description

一种通信方法、装置、芯片、存储介质及程序产品
本申请要求于2020年12月04日提交中国专利局、申请号为202011407395.9、发明名称为“一种上行传输指示方法”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
本申请要求于2020年12月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为202011627413.4、发明名称为“一种通信方法、装置、芯片、存储介质及程序产品”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法、装置、芯片、存储介质及程序产品。
背景技术
随着移动互联网、物联网等业务的多元化发展，移动通信对海量数据的上传要求不断提高，对上行链路容量提出了较高的要求；可以通过发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，提升上行容量，然而，现有协议仅支持2端口和4端口的码本，且4端口码本中当只有2个端口激活做2层预编码的情况下只支持非相干预编码，限制了发射通道切换后的预编码灵活性，无法满足发射通道资源池化需求，可能造成性能损失；同时，当发射通道资源可以池化后，可能会出现类似3端口的可用发射通道配置，而2端口和4端口的码本的发射预编码矩阵指示(Transmitted Precoding Matrix Indicator，TPMI)方法不能够适用于发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案。
为了利用发射通道资源池化提升上行容量，实现灵活准确的物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel，PUSCH)调度，需对上行预编码码本及TPMI指示方法进行增强。
发明内容
有鉴于此，提出了一种通信方法、装置、芯片、存储介质及程序产品。
第一方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种通信方法，所述方法包括：第一设备发送M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数；所述第一设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，所述第一预编码矩阵与所述第一参考信号关联，所述目标码本包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，所述目标预编码矩阵的行数为M；其中，所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素，所述目标预编码矩阵的列数为2，所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵；或，所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素，且所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵或相干预编码矩阵；或，所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素，其中，K为小于M且不小于4的整数，且所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
基于上述技术方案，针对终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，可以支持M(M为大于2的整数)端口的目标码本，第一指示信息用于指示该M端口的目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，从而可以支持从M个发射通道中选取多个发射通道进行上行传输；从而保证上行 发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第一方面，在所述第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述部分相干预编码矩阵为存在一列包含大于一个且小于M个非零元素的预编码矩阵，所述相干预编码矩阵为所有列都包含M个非零元素的预编码矩阵。
基于上述技术方案，目标码本中所包含的部分相干预编码矩阵为存在一列包含大于一个且小于M个非零元素的预编码矩阵，所包含的相干预编码矩阵为所有列都包含M个非零元素的预编码矩阵。
根据第一方面，在所述第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息包含第一TPMI的指示信息，所述第一TPMI为所述第一预编码矩阵在所述目标码本中的索引。
基于上述技术方案，第一指示信息包含第一TPMI的指示信息，从而通过该第一TPMI指示第一预编码矩阵在该M端口的目标码本中的索引。
根据第一方面，在所述第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素时，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行由[a,b；c,d]确定，a、b、c、d为{1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1}中的元素，其中，j为虚数单位，A1为正数常数。
基于上述技术方案，由{1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1}确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有2行包含的非零元素，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意2端口组合的2端口码本，可以支持同一载波上2发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第一方面，在所述第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行在所述目标预编码矩阵的行位置任意，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行构成的矩阵为[a,b；c,d]。
基于上述技术方案，由[a,b；c,d]确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有2行包含的非零元素的目标预编码矩阵，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意2端口组合的2端口码本，可以支持同一载波上2发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第一方面，在所述第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素时，所述非零元素为{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素，其中j为虚数单位，A 2为正数常数，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的3行的行位置任意。
基于上述技术方案，由{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有3行包含的非零元素，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意3端口组合的3端口码本，可以支持同一载波上3发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第一方面，在所述第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素时，所述非零元素为{e jkπ/K/A 3}中的元素，其中k＝0,1,2,…,K-1，j为虚数单位，A 3为正数常数，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的K行的行位置任意。
基于上述技术方案，由{e jkπ/K/A 3}确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有K(M>K≥4)行包含的非零元素，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意K端口组合的K端口码本，可以支持同一载波上K发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上 行传输性能。
根据第一方面或者第一方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，所述目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
基于上述技术方案，目标码本中所包含的列数大于1的目标预编码矩阵中，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量，提高目标码本的适用性。
根据第一方面或者第一方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：离散傅里叶变换扩展正交频分复用波形(Discrete Fourier Transformation spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，DFT-s-OFDM)或循环前缀正交频分复用波形(Cyclic Prefix-Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，CP-OFDM)。
基于上述技术方案，目标预编码矩阵适用的波形可以为DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM，从而满足不同需求。
第二方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种通信方法，所述方法包括：第二设备接收M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数；所述第二设备发送第一指示信息；所述第一指示信息用于指示目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，所述第一预编码矩阵与所述第一参考信号关联，所述目标码本包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，所述目标预编码矩阵的行数为M；其中，所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素，所述目标预编码矩阵的列数为2，所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵；或，所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素，且所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵或相干预编码矩阵；或，所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素，其中，K为小于M且不小于4的整数，且所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
基于上述技术方案，针对终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，可以支持M(M为大于2的整数)端口的目标码本，第一指示信息用于指示该M端口的目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，从而可以支持从M个发射通道中选取多个发射通道进行上行传输；从而保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第二方面，在所述第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述部分相干预编码矩阵为存在一列包含大于一个且小于M个非零元素的预编码矩阵，所述相干预编码矩阵为所有列都包含M个非零元素的预编码矩阵。
基于上述技术方案，目标码本中所包含的部分相干预编码矩阵为存在一列包含大于一个且小于M个非零元素的预编码矩阵，所包含的相干预编码矩阵为所有列都包含M个非零元素的预编码矩阵。
根据第二方面，在所述第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息包含第一TPMI的指示信息，所述第一TPMI为所述第一预编码矩阵在所述目标码本中的索引。
基于上述技术方案，第一指示信息包含第一TPMI的指示信息，从而通过该第一TPMI指示第一预编码矩阵在该M端口的目标码本中的索引。
根据第二方面，在所述第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素时，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行由[a,b；c,d]确定，a、b、c、d为{1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1}中的元素，其中，j为虚数单位，A1为正数常数。
基于上述技术方案，由{1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1}确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有2行包含的非零元素，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意2端口组合的2端口码本，可以支持同一载波上2发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在所述第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行在所述目标预编码矩阵的行位置任意，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行构成的矩阵为[a,b；c,d]。
基于上述技术方案，由[a,b；c,d]确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有2行包含的非零元素的目标预编码矩阵，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意2端口组合的2端口码本，可以支持同一载波上2发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第二方面，在所述第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素时，所述非零元素为{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素，其中j为虚数单位，A 2为正数常数，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的3行的行位置任意。
基于上述技术方案，由{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有3行包含的非零元素，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意3端口组合的3端口码本，可以支持同一载波上3发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第二方面，在所述第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素时，所述非零元素为{e jkπ/K/A 3}中的元素，其中k＝0,1,2,…,K-1，j为虚数单位，A 3为正数常数，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的K行的行位置任意。
基于上述技术方案，由{e jkπ/K/A 3}确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有K(M>K≥4)行包含的非零元素，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意K端口组合的K端口码本，可以支持同一载波上K发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第二方面或者第二方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，所述目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
基于上述技术方案，目标码本中所包含的列数大于1的目标预编码矩阵中，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量，提高目标码本的适用性。
根据第二方面或者第二方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM。
基于上述技术方案，目标预编码矩阵适用的波形可以为DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM，从而满足不同需求。
第三方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种通信方法，所述方法包括：第一设备发送M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数；所述第一设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口，以及目标码本中的第二预编码矩阵，所述第二预编码矩阵与所述N个端口相关联，所述第二预编码矩阵的行数为N，其中，N为小于或 等于M的正整数。
基于上述技术方案，在第二设备为第一设备配置的参考信号端口数M大于N(M为大于2的整数)，第二设备根据第一参考信号测量结果调度第一设备发送数据使用的天线端口数为N，通过该天线端口数对应的码本进行预编码矩阵指示，同时额外增加“天线端口选择”的指示，以使预编码矩阵指示方法满足发射通道资源池化需求；保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第三方面，在所述第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述目标码本中包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，所述目标预编码矩阵的行数为N，所述目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行。
基于上述技术方案，第一设备发送数据使用的天线端口数为N对应的码本中，目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行，从而可以支持从N个发射通道进行上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第三方面，在所述第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息包含第二TPMI的指示信息，所述第二TPMI为所述第二预编码矩阵在所述目标码本中的索引。
基于上述技术方案，第二指示信息包含第二TPMI的指示信息，从而通过该第二TPMI指示第二预编码矩阵在该N端口的目标码本中的索引。
根据第三方面，在所述第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述目标预编码矩阵包含的元素为{e jnπ/N/A}中的元素，其中n＝0,1,2,…,N-1，j为虚数单位，A为正数常数。
基于上述技术方案，由{e jnπ/N/A}确定N端口的目标码本中的目标预编码矩阵，使得N个端口的目标码本包含任意N端口组合的，可以支持同一载波上N个发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第三方面，在所述第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息包括：端口比特位图的指示信息，所述端口比特位图用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口；其中，所述端口比特位图中各比特为0时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为1时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用，或，所述端口比特位图中各比特为1时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为0时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用；或者，所述第二指示信息包括：端口指示向量的指示信息，所述端口指示向量用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口，所述端口指示向量中的第i个元素表示所述第二预编码矩阵中第i行对应的所述第一参考信号的M个端口中的一个端口。
基于上述技术方案，可以通过端口比特位图或端口指示向量指示“天线端口选择”。
根据第三方面或者第三方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，当所述目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，所述目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
基于上述技术方案，目标码本中所包含的列数大于1的目标预编码矩阵中，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量，提高目标码本的适用性。
根据第三方面或者第三方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM。
基于上述技术方案，目标预编码矩阵适用的波形可以为DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM，从而满足不同需求。
第四方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种通信方法，所述方法包括：第二设备接收M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数；所述第二设备发送第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口，以及目标码本中的第二预编码矩阵，所述第二预编码矩阵与所述N个端口相关联，所述第二预编码矩阵的行数为N，其中，N为小于或等于M的正整数。
基于上述技术方案，在第二设备为第一设备配置的参考信号端口数M大于N(M为大于2的整数)，第二设备根据第一参考信号测量结果调度第一设备发送数据使用的天线端口数为N，通过该天线端口数对应的码本进行预编码矩阵指示，同时额外增加“天线端口选择”的指示，以使预编码矩阵指示方法满足发射通道资源池化需求；保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第四方面，在所述第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述目标码本中包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，所述目标预编码矩阵的行数为N，所述目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行。
基于上述技术方案，第一设备发送数据使用的天线端口数为N对应的码本中，目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行，从而可以支持从N个发射通道进行上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第四方面，在所述第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息包含第二TPMI的指示信息，所述第二TPMI为所述第二预编码矩阵在所述目标码本中的索引。
基于上述技术方案，第二指示信息包含第二TPMI的指示信息，从而通过该第二TPMI指示第二预编码矩阵在该N端口的目标码本中的索引。
根据第四方面，在所述第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述目标预编码矩阵包含的元素为{e jnπ/N/A}中的元素，其中n＝0,1,2,…,N-1，j为虚数单位，A为正数常数。
基于上述技术方案，由{e jnπ/N/A}确定N端口的目标码本中的目标预编码矩阵，使得N个端口的目标码本包含任意N端口组合的，可以支持同一载波上N个发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第四方面，在所述第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息包括：端口比特位图的指示信息，所述端口比特位图用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口；其中，所述端口比特位图中各比特为0时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为1时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用；或，所述端口比特位图中各比特为1时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为0时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用；或者，所述第二指示信息包括：端口指示向量的指示信息，所述端口指示向量用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口，所述端口指示向量中的第i个元素表示所述第二预编码矩阵中第i行对应的所述第一参考信号的M个端口中的一个端口。
基于上述技术方案，可以通过端口比特位图或端口指示向量指示“天线端口选择”。
根据第四方面或者第四方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，当所述目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，所述目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
基于上述技术方案，目标码本中所包含的列数大于1的目标预编码矩阵中，目标预编码 矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量，提高目标码本的适用性。
根据第四方面或者第四方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM。
基于上述技术方案，目标预编码矩阵适用的波形可以为DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM，从而满足不同需求。
第五方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种通信装置，所述装置包括：用于第一设备发送M个端口的第一参考信号的模块，其中，M为大于2的整数；用于所述第一设备接收第一指示信息的模块，所述第一指示信息用于指示目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，所述第一预编码矩阵与所述第一参考信号关联，所述目标码本包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，所述目标预编码矩阵的行数为M；其中，所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素，所述目标预编码矩阵的列数为2，所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵；或，所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素，且所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵或相干预编码矩阵；或，所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素，其中，K为小于M且不小于4的整数，且所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
基于上述技术方案，针对终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，可以支持M(M为大于2的整数)端口的目标码本，第一指示信息用于指示该M端口的目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，从而可以支持从M个发射通道中选取多个发射通道进行上行传输；从而保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第五方面，在所述第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述部分相干预编码矩阵为存在一列包含大于一个且小于M个非零元素的预编码矩阵，所述相干预编码矩阵为所有列都包含M个非零元素的预编码矩阵。
基于上述技术方案，目标码本中所包含的部分相干预编码矩阵为存在一列包含大于一个且小于M个非零元素的预编码矩阵，所包含的相干预编码矩阵为所有列都包含M个非零元素的预编码矩阵。
根据第五方面，在所述第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息包含第一TPMI的指示信息，所述第一TPMI为所述第一预编码矩阵在所述目标码本中的索引。
基于上述技术方案，第一指示信息包含第一TPMI的指示信息，从而通过该第一TPMI指示第一预编码矩阵在该M端口的目标码本中的索引。
根据第五方面，在所述第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素时，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行由[a,b；c,d]确定，a、b、c、d为{1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1}中的元素，其中，j为虚数单位，A1为正数常数。
基于上述技术方案，由{1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1}确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有2行包含的非零元素，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意2端口组合的2端口码本，可以支持同一载波上2发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第五方面，在所述第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行在所述目标预编码矩阵的行位置任意，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行构成的矩阵为[a,b；c,d]。
基于上述技术方案，由[a,b；c,d]确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有2行包含的 非零元素的目标预编码矩阵，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意2端口组合的2端口码本，可以支持同一载波上2发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第五方面，在所述第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素时，所述非零元素为{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素，其中j为虚数单位，A 2为正数常数，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的3行的行位置任意。
基于上述技术方案，由{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有3行包含的非零元素，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意3端口组合的3端口码本，可以支持同一载波上3发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第五方面，在所述第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素时，所述非零元素为{e jkπ/K/A 3}中的元素，其中k＝0,1,2,…,K-1,j为虚数单位，A 3为正数常数，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的K行的行位置任意。
基于上述技术方案，由{e jkπ/K/A 3}确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有K(M>K≥4)行包含的非零元素，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意K端口组合的K端口码本，可以支持同一载波上K发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第五方面或者第五方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第五方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，所述目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
基于上述技术方案，目标码本中所包含的列数大于1的目标预编码矩阵中，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量，提高目标码本的适用性。
根据第五方面或者第五方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM。
基于上述技术方案，目标预编码矩阵适用的波形可以为DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM，从而满足不同需求。
第六方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种通信装置，所述装置包括：用于第二设备接收M个端口的第一参考信号的模块，其中，M为大于2的整数；用于所述第二设备发送第一指示信息的模块；所述第一指示信息用于指示目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，所述第一预编码矩阵与所述第一参考信号关联，所述目标码本包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，所述目标预编码矩阵的行数为M；其中，所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素，所述目标预编码矩阵的列数为2，所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵；或，所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素，且所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵或相干预编码矩阵；或，所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素，其中，K为小于M且不小于4的整数，且所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
基于上述技术方案，针对终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，可以支持M(M为大于2的整数)端口的目标码本，第一指示信息用于指示该M端口的目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，从而可以支持从M个发射通道中选取多个发射通道进行上行传输；从而保证上行 发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第六方面，在所述第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述部分相干预编码矩阵为存在一列包含大于一个且小于M个非零元素的预编码矩阵，所述相干预编码矩阵为所有列都包含M个非零元素的预编码矩阵。
基于上述技术方案，目标码本中所包含的部分相干预编码矩阵为存在一列包含大于一个且小于M个非零元素的预编码矩阵，所包含的相干预编码矩阵为所有列都包含M个非零元素的预编码矩阵。
根据第六方面，在所述第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第一指示信息包含第一TPMI的指示信息，所述第一TPMI为所述第一预编码矩阵在所述目标码本中的索引。
基于上述技术方案，第一指示信息包含第一TPMI的指示信息，从而通过该第一TPMI指示第一预编码矩阵在该M端口的目标码本中的索引。
根据第六方面，在所述第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素时，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行由[a,b；c,d]确定，a、b、c、d为{1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1}中的元素，其中，j为虚数单位，A1为正数常数。
基于上述技术方案，由{1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1}确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有2行包含的非零元素，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意2端口组合的2端口码本，可以支持同一载波上2发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式，在所述第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行在所述目标预编码矩阵的行位置任意，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行构成的矩阵为[a,b；c,d]。
基于上述技术方案，由[a,b；c,d]确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有2行包含的非零元素的目标预编码矩阵，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意2端口组合的2端口码本，可以支持同一载波上2发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第六方面，在所述第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素时，所述非零元素为{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素，其中j为虚数单位，A 2为正数常数，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的3行的行位置任意。
基于上述技术方案，由{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有3行包含的非零元素，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意3端口组合的3端口码本，可以支持同一载波上3发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第六方面，在所述第六方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素时，所述非零元素为{e jkπ/K/A 3}中的元素，其中k＝0,1,2,…,K-1，j为虚数单位，A 3为正数常数，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的K行的行位置任意。
基于上述技术方案，由{e jkπ/K/A 3}确定M个端口的目标码本所包含的有且仅有K(M>K≥4)行包含的非零元素，从而使得M个端口的目标码本包含任意K端口组合的K端口码本，可以支持同一载波上K发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上 行传输性能。
根据第六方面或者第六方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第六方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，在所述目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，所述目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
基于上述技术方案，目标码本中所包含的列数大于1的目标预编码矩阵中，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量，提高目标码本的适用性。
根据第六方面或者第六方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第六方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，所述目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM。
基于上述技术方案，目标预编码矩阵适用的波形可以为DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM，从而满足不同需求。
第七方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种通信装置，所述装置包括：用于第一设备发送M个端口的第一参考信号的模块，其中，M为大于2的整数；用于所述第一设备接收第二指示信息的模块，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口，以及目标码本中的第二预编码矩阵，所述第二预编码矩阵与所述N个端口相关联，所述第二预编码矩阵的行数为N，其中，N为小于或等于M的正整数。
基于上述技术方案，在第二设备为第一设备配置的参考信号端口数M大于N(M为大于2的整数)，第二设备根据第一参考信号测量结果调度第一设备发送数据使用的天线端口数为N，通过该天线端口数对应的码本进行预编码矩阵指示，同时额外增加“天线端口选择”的指示，以使预编码矩阵指示方法满足发射通道资源池化需求；保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第七方面，在所述第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述目标码本中包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，所述目标预编码矩阵的行数为N，所述目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行。
基于上述技术方案，第一设备发送数据使用的天线端口数为N对应的码本中，目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行，从而可以支持从N个发射通道进行上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第七方面，在所述第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息包含第二TPMI的指示信息，所述第二TPMI为所述第二预编码矩阵在所述目标码本中的索引。
基于上述技术方案，第二指示信息包含第二TPMI的指示信息，从而通过该第二TPMI指示第二预编码矩阵在该N端口的目标码本中的索引。
根据第七方面，在所述第七方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述目标预编码矩阵包含的元素为{e jnπ/N/A}中的元素，其中n＝0,1,2,…,N-1，j为虚数单位，A为正数常数。
基于上述技术方案，由{e jnπ/N/A}确定N端口的目标码本中的目标预编码矩阵，使得N个端口的目标码本包含任意N端口组合的，可以支持同一载波上N个发射通道的上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第七方面，在所述第七方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息包括：端口比特位图的指示信息，所述端口比特位图用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口；其中，所述端口比特位图中各比特为0时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为1时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用，或，所述端口比特位图中各 比特为1时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为0时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用；或者，所述第二指示信息包括：端口指示向量的指示信息，所述端口指示向量用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口，所述端口指示向量中的第i个元素表示所述第二预编码矩阵中第i行对应的所述第一参考信号的M个端口中的一个端口。
基于上述技术方案，可以通过端口比特位图或端口指示向量指示“天线端口选择”。
根据第七方面或者第七方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第七方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，当所述目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，所述目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
基于上述技术方案，目标码本中所包含的列数大于1的目标预编码矩阵中，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量，提高目标码本的适用性。
根据第七方面或者第七方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第七方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM。
基于上述技术方案，目标预编码矩阵适用的波形可以为DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM，从而满足不同需求。
第八方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种通信装置，所述装置包括：用于第二设备接收M个端口的第一参考信号的模块，其中，M为大于2的整数；用于所述第二设备发送第二指示信息的模块；所述第二指示信息用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口，以及目标码本中的第二预编码矩阵，所述第二预编码矩阵与所述N个端口相关联，所述第二预编码矩阵的行数为N，其中，N为小于或等于M的正整数。
基于上述技术方案，在第二设备为第一设备配置的参考信号端口数M大于N(M为大于2的整数)，第二设备根据第一参考信号测量结果调度第一设备发送数据使用的天线端口数为N，通过该天线端口数对应的码本进行预编码矩阵指示，同时额外增加“天线端口选择”的指示，以使预编码矩阵指示方法满足发射通道资源池化需求；保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第八方面，在所述第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述目标码本中包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，所述目标预编码矩阵的行数为N，所述目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行。
基于上述技术方案，第一设备发送数据使用的天线端口数为N对应的码本中，目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行，从而可以支持从N个发射通道进行上行传输，保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第八方面，在所述第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息包含第二TPMI的指示信息，所述第二TPMI为所述第二预编码矩阵在所述目标码本中的索引。
基于上述技术方案，第二指示信息包含第二TPMI的指示信息，从而通过该第二TPMI指示第二预编码矩阵在该N端口的目标码本中的索引。
根据第八方面，在所述第八面的第三种可能的实现方式中，所述目标预编码矩阵包含的元素为{e jnπ/N/A}中的元素，其中n＝0,1,2,…,N-1，j为虚数单位，A为正数常数。
基于上述技术方案，由{e jnπ/N/A}确定N端口的目标码本中的目标预编码矩阵，使得N个端口的目标码本包含任意N端口组合的，可以支持同一载波上N个发射通道的上行传输， 保证上行发射通道资源池化的自由度，提升上行传输性能。
根据第八方面，在所述第八方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，所述第二指示信息包括：端口比特位图的指示信息，所述端口比特位图用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口；其中，所述端口比特位图中各比特为0时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为1时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用；或，所述端口比特位图中各比特为1时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为0时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用；或者，所述第二指示信息包括：端口指示向量的指示信息，所述端口指示向量用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口，所述端口指示向量中的第i个元素表示所述第二预编码矩阵中第i行对应的所述第一参考信号的M个端口中的一个端口。
基于上述技术方案，可以通过端口比特位图或端口指示向量指示“天线端口选择”。
根据第八方面或者第八方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第八方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，当所述目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，所述目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
基于上述技术方案，目标码本中所包含的列数大于1的目标预编码矩阵中，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量，提高目标码本的适用性。
根据第八方面或者第八方面的上述多种可能的实现方式中，在所述第八方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，所述目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM。
基于上述技术方案，目标预编码矩阵适用的波形可以为DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM，从而满足不同需求。
第九方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种通信装置，包括：处理器；所述处理器被配置执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行如上述第一方面或者第一方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法，或者如上述第二方面或者第二方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法，或者如上述第三方面或者第三方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法，或者如上述第四方面或者第四方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法。
基于上述技术方案，针对终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，可以支持M(M为大于2的整数)端口的目标码本，第一指示信息用于指示该M端口的目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，从而可以支持从M个发射通道中选取多个发射通道进行上行传输；从而保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
第十方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种非易失性计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序指令，所述计算机程序指令被处理器执行时实现如上述第一方面或者第一方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法，或者如上述第二方面或者第二方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法，或者如上述第三方面或者第三方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法，或者如上述第四方面或者第四方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法。
基于上述技术方案，针对终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，可以支持M(M为大于2的整数)端口的目标码本，第一指示信息用于指示该M端口的目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，从而可以支持从M个发射通道中选取多个发射通道进行上行传输；从而保证上行 发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
第十一方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种芯片，包括处理器，当所述处理器执行指令时，所述处理器执行如上述第一方面或者第一方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法，或者执行如上述第二方面或者第二方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法，或者执行如上述第三方面或者第三方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法，或者执行如上述第四方面或者第四方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法。
基于上述技术方案，针对终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，可以支持M(M为大于2的整数)端口的目标码本，第一指示信息用于指示该M端口的目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，从而可以支持从M个发射通道中选取多个发射通道进行上行传输；从而保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
第十二方面，本申请的实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如上述第一方面或者第一方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法，或者执行如上述第二方面或者第二方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法，或者执行如上述第三方面或者第三方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法，或者执行如上述第四方面或者第四方面的多种可能的实现方式中的一种或几种的通信方法。
基于上述技术方案，针对终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，可以支持M(M为大于2的整数)端口的目标码本，第一指示信息用于指示该M端口的目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，从而可以支持从M个发射通道中选取多个发射通道进行上行传输；从而保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
本申请的这些和其他方面在以下(多个)实施例的描述中会更加简明易懂。
附图说明
包含在说明书中并且构成说明书的一部分的附图与说明书一起示出了本申请的示例性实施例、特征和方面，并且用于解释本申请的原理。
图1示出了本申请提供的技术方案所适用的一种通信系统的架构示意图。
图2示出根据本申请一实施例的一种通信方法的流程图。
图3示出根据本申请一实施例的另一种通信方法的流程图。
图4示出根据本申请一实施例的另一种通信方法的流程图。
图5示出根据本申请一实施例的另一种通信方法的流程图。
图6示出根据本申请一实施例的另一种通信方法的流程图。
图7示出根据本申请一实施例的另一种通信方法的流程图。
图8示出根据本申请一实施例的一种通信装置的结构图。
图9示出根据本申请一实施例的一种通信装置的结构图。
图10示出根据本申请一实施例的一种终端设备的结构示意图。
图11示出根据本申请一实施例的一种网络设备的结构示意图。
图12示出根据本申请一实施例的一种芯片的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
以下将参考附图详细说明本申请的各种示例性实施例、特征和方面。附图中相同的附图标记表示功能相同或相似的元件。尽管在附图中示出了实施例的各种方面，但是除非特别指出，不必按比例绘制附图。
在这里专用的词“示例性”意为“用作例子、实施例或说明性”。这里作为“示例性”所说明的任何实施例不必解释为优于或好于其它实施例。
另外，为了更好的说明本申请，在下文的具体实施方式中给出了众多的具体细节。本领域技术人员应当理解，没有某些具体细节，本申请同样可以实施。在一些实例中，对于本领域技术人员熟知的方法、手段、元件和电路未作详细描述，以便于凸显本申请的主旨。
随着移动互联网、物联网等业务的多元化发展，移动通信对海量数据的上传要求不断提高，比如超高清视频、智能监控、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality，VR)、增强现实(Augmented Reality，AR)、视频直播等业务对上行链路(Uplink，UL)容量提出了较高的要求。例如，目前主流的第五代(5th Generation，5G)移动通信系统的Sub-6G商用频段主要为2.6GHz、3.5GHz、4.9GHz等中高频段，并且一般采用时分双工(Time Division Duplex，TDD)制式，存在路损相对较大、上行占空比较低等问题，导致上行容量不足。
可以通过发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，提升上行容量，该方案中通过对终端设备发射(Transmit，Tx)通道资源进行池化，即允许发射通道切换至不同载波，从而可以根据瞬时信道条件灵活调整各载波的发射通道数，提高资源利用率。例如，终端设备拥有3个发射通道，在无发射通道资源池化机制下，3个发射通道只工作在特定的频段上，如3个发射通道分别工作于2.6GHz、3.5GHz和4.9GHz频段。如果终端设备发送超高清视频等对于上行容量要求较高的数据时，只分配到一个频段的时频资源例如2.6GHz，则工作在其他频段上的发射通道则无法工作，故部分发射通道资源被浪费，同时一个2.6GHz频段可能无法满足需求，影像用户体验。此时，采用发射通道资源池化方案，即使终端设备只被分配到了一个频段的时频资源例如2.6GHz，也可以利用其他的发射通道在被分配到的时频资源上进行数据发送，即可以通过2.6GHz、3.5GHz和4.9GHz频段同时发送超高清视频，从而利用额外的发射通道资源提供额外的天线阵列增益、分集增益以及复用增益，提升上行传输速率，提高用户体验。
在上述发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案中，网络设备通过测量探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal，SRS)可获得各个发射通道切换至不同载波的上行信道信息，然后，网络设备基于上述上行信道信息确定最优的发射通道切换方案以及其对应的预编码方案，网络设备进一步通过发送下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，DCI)调度PUSCH的发送。
下面对本申请实施例涉及的一些概念进行简单介绍。
1、预编码技术：发送设备可以在已知信道状态的情况下，借助与信道状态相匹配的预编码矩阵来对待发送信号进行处理，使得经过预编码的待发送信号与信道相适配，从而使得接收设备消除信道间影响的复杂度降低。因此，利用预编码矩阵对待发送信号进行处理，从而提升信号质量。
2、预编码矩阵：预编码矩阵可以基于各个频域单元的信道矩阵确定；该信道矩阵可以是终端设备通过信道估计等方式或者基于信道互易性确定。例如，预编码矩阵可以通过对信道矩阵或信道矩阵的协方差矩阵进行奇异值分解(singular value decomposition，SVD)的方式获得， 或者，也可以通过对信道矩阵的协方差矩阵进行特征值分解(eigenvalue decopomsition，EVD)的方式获得。预编码矩阵可以分为完全相干类型的预编码矩阵、部分相干类型的预编码矩阵及非相干类型的预编码矩阵；
其中，完全相干类型的预编码矩阵是指：该预编码矩阵中不同行所对应的发送天线端口之间均能够完成相位校准，进行相位加权，也即终端设备的所有发送天线端口可以用于发送同一传输层的数据。
部分相干类型的预编码矩阵是指：该预编码矩阵中存在至少两行所对应的发送天线端口之间能够完成相位校准，可以进行相位加权，及至少两行所对应的发送天线端口可以用于发送同一传输层的数据，同时，该预编码矩阵中存在至少两行所对应的发送天线端口之间不能够完成相位校准，不可以进行相位加权，即至少两行所对应的发送天线端口，不可以用于发送同一传输层的数据。
非相干类型的预编码矩阵是指：该预编码矩阵中不同行所对应的发送天线端口之间均不能够完成相位校准，不可以进行相位加权，即所有行所对应的发送天线端口不可以用于发送同一传输层的数据，也即一个传输层数据只能用所有行所对应的发送天线端口中的一个发送天线端口发送。
3、预编码层数：也可以称为传输层数。可选的，网络设备可以参考终端设备反馈的信道矩阵的秩(rank)，确定用于网络设备与终端设备之间的数据传输的预编码层数。终端设备可以根据信道估计所得到的信道确定信道矩阵的秩。例如，在通过SVD确定预编码矩阵的过程中，可以按照特征值的大小来区分不同的预编码层。例如，可以将最大的特征值所对应的特征向量所确定的预编码向量与第1个预编码层对应，并可以将最小的特征值所对应的特征向量所确定的预编码向量与第Z个预编码层对应。即，第1个传输层至第Z个预编码层所对应的特征值依次减小。
4、端口(port)：也可以称天线端口(antenna port)，可以理解为被接收设备所识别的虚拟天线，端口是逻辑上的概念，一个端口可以是一个物理发射天线，也可以是多个物理发射天线的合并。通过相同端口所发送的信号，无论这些信号是否是通过相同或不同的物理天线发送，他们在空间传输所经历的路径所对应的信道可视为相同或者相关(比如大尺度信道特性一信道矩阵相同)；也就是说，在相同的端口所发送的信号，接收端在解调时可以认为其信道相同或者相关，信号接收端通常通过天线端口识别具有不同传输信道的信号。
可选地，端口是指发送天线端口，例如，每个端口的参考信号可以是未经过预编码的参考信号，也可以是基于一个时延向量对参考信号进行预编码得到的预编码参考信号。端口数可以是指发送天线端口数，或者发送天线数。
可选地，端口是指经过波束赋形后的参考信号端口，例如，每个端口的参考信号可以是基于一个角度向量对参考信号进行预编码得到的预编码参考信号，也可以是基于一个角度向量和一个时延向量对参考信号进行预编码得到的预编码参考信号。端口数可以是指参考信号端口数，或者角度向量的个数。可以理解的是，经过波束赋形后的参考信号端口数可以小于发送天线端口数。
在下文示出的各实施例中，如无特殊说明，端口指参考信号端口，天线端口指发送天线端口。
5、码本，又称预编码码本：是预先定义的有限个数的预编码矩阵集合；可选的，码本可 以为包含多个预编码矩阵及各预编码矩阵对应TPMI索引的预编码矩阵表，该预编码矩阵表是网络设备和终端设备预先配置的，例如出厂时存储在网络设备或终端设备的存储介质中或芯片中。发送终端可以基于码本的方式向接收终端指示传输数据要采集的发送天线端口及对应的预编码矩阵。例如，网络设备通过基于码本的方式向终端设备指示发送PUSCH的天线端口以及对应的预编码矩阵，此时，码本可以称为上行预编码码本。
针对不同天线端口数、不同预编码层数、不同波形，网络设备和终端设备均预先存储多个码本。示例性的，网络设备与终端设备之间预先存储的码本可以如下表1-7所示。在表1-7中W表示预编码矩阵，各预编码矩阵中每行对应一个发送天线端口，每列对应一个传输层；一个TPMI索引对应一个预编码矩阵，在表1-7中预编码矩阵按照TPMI索引值增加的顺序从左到右顺序排列。
表1-使用2天线端口1层传输的预编码矩阵表
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000001
在表1中码本包括：使用2天线端口1层传输的预编码矩阵。其中，TPMI索引值0～1对应非相干类型的预编码矩阵，索引值2～5对应完全相干类型的预编码矩阵。
表2-使用2天线端口2层传输的预编码矩阵表
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000002
在表2中码本包括：使用2天线端口2层传输的预编码矩阵。其中，TPMI索引值0对应非相干类型的预编码矩阵，索引值1～2对应完全相干类型的预编码矩阵。
表3-使用4天线端口1层传输且采用DFT-s-OFDM波形的预编码矩阵表
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000003
在表3中码本包括：使用4天线端口1层传输且采用离散傅里叶变换扩展正交频分复用(Discrete Fourier Transformation spread Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing， DFT-s-OFDM)波形的预编码矩阵。其中，TPMI索引值0～3对应非相干类型的预编码矩阵，索引值4～11对应部分相干类型的预编码矩阵，索引值12～27对应完全相干类型的预编码矩阵。
表4-使用4天线端口1层传输且采用CP-OFDM波形的预编码矩阵表
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000004
在表4中码本包括：使用4天线端口1层传输且采用循环前缀正交频分复用(Cyclic Prefix-Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing，CP-OFDM)波形的预编码矩阵。其中，TPMI索引值0～3对应非相干类型的预编码矩阵，索引值4～11对应部分相干类型的预编码矩阵，索引值12～27对应完全相干类型的预编码矩阵。
表5-使用4天线端口2层传输且采用CP-OFDM波形的预编码矩阵表
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000006
在表5中码本包括：使用4天线端口2层传输且采用CP-OFDM波形的预编码矩阵。其中，TPMI索引值0～5对应非相干类型的预编码矩阵，索引值6～13对应部分相干类型的预编码矩阵，索引值14～21对应完全相干类型的预编码矩阵。
表6-使用4天线端口3层传输且采用CP-OFDM波形的预编码矩阵表
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000007
在表6中码本包括：使用4天线端口3层传输且采用CP-OFDM波形的预编码矩阵。其中，TPMI索引值0对应非相干类型的预编码矩阵，索引值1～2对应部分相干类型的预编码矩阵，索引值3～6对应完全相干类型的预编码矩阵。
表7-使用4天线端口4层传输且采用CP-OFDM波形的预编码矩阵表
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000008
在表7中码本包括：使用4天线端口4层传输且采用CP-OFDM波形的预编码矩阵。其中，TPMI索引值0对应非相干类型的预编码矩阵，索引值1～2对应部分相干类型的预编码矩阵，索引值3～4对应完全相干类型的预编码矩阵。
网络设备基于上述表1-表7的码本向终端设备指示发送PUSCH的天线端口以及对应的预编码矩阵过程包括：在上行传输之前，终端设备根据SRS资源配置，在相应的时频资源上发送SRS，网络设备在相应的时频资源上接收并测量SRS，以获得SRS测量结果。网络设备根据最近一次的SRS测量结果在上述预定义的码本中确定终端设备发送PUSCH的预编码矩阵，所述码本和预编码矩阵对应的端口数与最近一次SRS的端口数一致；网络设备通过发送DCI指示终端设备发送PUSCH。其中，该DCI指示PUSCH的传输参数包括：预编码层数和 TPMI；该TPMI可以支持对2端口和4端口的预编码矩阵进行指示，且不同的天线端口数和预编码层数对应不同的预编码矩阵表。终端设备收到预编码层数和TPMI的指示信息后，根据SRS资源配置中的SRS端口数确定天线端口数，然后从相应天线端口数以及预编码层数确定预编码矩阵表，最后在对应的预编码矩阵表中查找与TPMI对应的预编码矩阵。
上述网络设备基于上述表1-表7中码本向终端设备指示发送PUSCH的天线端口以及对应的预编码矩阵时，网络设备根据最近一次的SRS测量结果在预定义的码本中确定终端设备发送PUSCH的预编码矩阵，所述码本和预编码矩阵对应的端口数与最近一次SRS的端口数一致，例如，若SRS端口数为2，则从上述表1～2中选择相应的预编码矩阵，若SRS端口数为4，则从上述表3～7中选择相应的预编码矩阵，由上述表1-7可知，协议仅支持2端口和4端口的码本。
然而在发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案中，根据终端设备能力可以允许3发射通道的传输，但基于上述表1-表7中码本中，不支持3端口的码本，即TPMI指示不支持对3端口关联的预编码矩阵的指示，也即无法支持3发射通道传输，从而限制了发射通道切换的灵活性，可能导致性能损失。
此外，在上述发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案中，网络设备根据多个SRS资源上的SRS测量结果确定各个载波上的预编码矩阵，无法从SRS资源配置中的SRS端口数直接推断出实际发送PUSCH的天线端口数，若仅基于上述表1-表7中码本进行TPMI指示，终端设备无法准确判断发送PUSCH的天线端口或者从哪个预编码矩阵表里选择预编码矩阵。
例如，当网络设备配置的SRS端口数量为3或4，且网络设备指示发送PUSCH的天线端口数数量为2或3时，上述表1-表7中的4端口码本无法满足需求。又例如，若配置的SRS端口数为4，SRS端口0～3对应的发送天线端口分别为发送天线端口0～3，若要调度发送天线端口0～1发送PUSCH，假设网络设备想配置终端设备采用1层传输预编码矩阵为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000009
或2层传输预编码矩阵为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000010
该预编码矩阵均不包含在上述表3～表5中的码本中，因此，无法基于上述表3～表5中的码本进行TPMI指示。
因此，为了通过上述发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案提升上行容量，使上行预编码码本和TPMI指示满足发射通道资源池化需求，实现灵活准确的PUSCH调度，对上行预编码码本及TPMI指示方法进行增强，以保证发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
因此，本申请实施例提供如下技术方案，其具体内容可参见下文。
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如，采用第五代(5th generation，5G)通信技术的新空口(new radio，NR)通信系统，未来演进系统或者多种通信融合系统等等。本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于多种应用场景，例如，机器对机器(machine to machine，M2M)、宏微通信、增强型移动互联网(enhanced mobile broadband，eMBB)、超高可靠超低时延通信(ultra-reliable & low latency communication，uRLLC)以及 海量物联网通信(massive machine type communication，mMTC)、物物通信(Device to Device Communication，D2D)、车与任何事物相通信(vehicle to everything，V2X)、车与车通信(Vehicle to Vehicle，V2V)、长期演进与车通信(long term evolution-vehicle，LTE-V)、长期演进与机器通信(long term evolution-machine，LTE-M)等场景。这些场景可以包括但不限于：终端设备与终端设备之间的通信场景，网络设备与网络设备之间的通信场景，网络设备与终端设备之间的通信场景等。下文中均是以应用于网络设备和终端设备之间的通信场景中为例进行说明的。
此外，本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
图1示出了本申请提供的技术方案所适用的一种通信系统的架构示意图，通信系统可以包括一个或多个网络设备101(图1中仅示出了1个)以及一个或多个终端设备102(图1中仅示出了一个)。
网络设备可以是无线通信的基站或基站控制器等。例如，所述基站可以包括各种类型的基站，例如：微基站(也称为小站)，宏基站，中继站，接入点等，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。在本申请实施例中，所述基站可以是全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communication，GSM)，码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station，BTS)，宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)中的基站(node B)，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)中的演进型基站(evolutional node B，eNB或e-NodeB)，物联网(internet of things，IoT)或者窄带物联网(narrow band-internet of things，NB-IoT)中的eNB，未来5G移动通信网络或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的基站，本申请实施例对此不作任何限制。本申请实施例中，用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备，也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置，例如芯片系统。在本申请实施例中，以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例，描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。
在一些部署中，基站可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和分布式单元(Distributed Unit，DU)。基站还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)。CU实现基站的部分功能，DU实现基站的部分功能。比如，CU负责处理非实时协议和服务，实现无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)，分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务，实现无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)和物理(physical，PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息，或者，由PHY层的信息转变而来，因而，在这种架构下，高层信令，如RRC层信令或PDCP层信令，也可以认为是由DU发送的，或者，由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是，网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外，CU可以划分为RAN中的网络设备，也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network，CN)中的网络设备，在此不做限制。
终端是一种具有无线收发功能的设备。终端可以被部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手 持或车载；也可以被部署在水面上(如轮船等)；还可以被部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端设备可以是用户设备(user equipment，UE)。其中，UE包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车辆、车载设备、可穿戴设备或计算设备。示例性地，UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请实施例中，用于实现终端的功能的装置可以是终端，也可以是能够支持终端实现该功能的装置，例如芯片系统。本申请实施例中，芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例中，以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端为例，描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。
下面结合上述图1对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行具体阐述。
图2示出根据本申请一实施例的一种通信方法的流程图，该方法可以应用于上述图1所示的通信系统，其中，第一设备可以为上述图1中终端设备102，相应的，第二设备可以为上述图1中网络设备101。如图2所示，该方法可以包括以下步骤：
步骤201、第一设备发送M个端口的第一参考信号；其中，M为大于2的整数。
示例性地，第一参考信号可以为SRS；M个端口可以为M个SRS端口，这M个SRS端口与M个发送天线端口一一对应。第一设备可以根据SRS资源配置，在相应的时频资源上发送SRS；该第一参考信号的时频位置可以是第二设备配置的。例如，第二设备为第一设备配置M个SRS端口，记为SRS端口0～M，相应的，第二设备为第一设备配置M个发送天线端口，记为发送天线端口0～M，这M个SRS端口与M个发送天线端口存在一一对应关系，即SRS端口0与发送天线端口0对应，SRS端口1与发送天线端口1对应，依次类推，SRS端口M与发送天线端口M对应。
步骤202、第二设备接收第一设备发送的M个端口的第一参考信号。
示例性地，第二设备可以在上述相应的时频资源上接收第一设备发送的上述SRS。
步骤203、第二设备根据上述M个端口的第一参考信号，确定第一指示信息。
示例性地，第二设备可以测量上述SRS，以获得SRS测量结果，该SRS测量结果可以为各个发射通道在其对应载波上的上行信道信息，第二设备基于SRS测量结果确定第一指示信息。
其中，第一指示信息用于指示目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，第一预编码矩阵的行数为M，第一预编码矩阵与第一参考信号关联；示例性地，第一预编码矩阵与M个SRS端口关联，即第一预编码矩阵位于与M个SRS端口数所对应的目标码本中，换句话说，第一预编码矩阵第m行对应的发送天线端口为与第m个SRS端口对应的发送天线端口，m＝1,2，…,M。
示例性地，目标码本可以为上述表1-表7中所示的一个或多个码本，也可以为下文中表8-13中所示的一个或多个码本，例如，M＝3时，此时目标码本可以为表8-表10中所示的一个或多个码本；再例如，M＝4时，此时目标码本可以为表11-表13中所示的一个或多个码本。
示例性地，目标码本可以是第一设备和第二设备预先配置的，例如，可以是出厂时存储在第一设备或第二设备的存储介质中或芯片中。
该目标码本包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，目标预编码矩阵的行数可以为M，第一指示信息所指示的第一预编码矩阵即为M个端口下预编码码本中的至少一个目标预编码矩阵。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该目标码本中目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素，目标预编码矩阵的列数为2，目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。此时，该目标码本中的目标预编码矩阵可用于指示第一设备仅使用M个端口中的2个端口进行2层预编码。其中，部分相干预编码矩阵为存在一列包含大于一个且小于M个非零元素的预编码矩阵。
示例性地，目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素时，该目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行由矩阵[a,b；c,d]确定，其中，a，b，c，d为集合{1/A 1,-1/A 1,j/A 1,-j/A 1}中的元素，其中，j为虚数单位，A 1为正数常数。可选的，该目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行在目标预编码矩阵的行位置任意。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该目标码本中预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素，目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵或相干预编码矩阵。此时，第一预编码矩阵可用于指示第一设备仅使用M个端口中的3个端口进行预编码；其中，相干预编码矩阵为所有列都包含M个非零元素的预编码矩。
示例性地，在目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素时，该非零元素为集合{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素，其中j为虚数单位，A 2为正数常数。可选的，该目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的3行在目标预编码矩阵的的行位置任意。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该目标码本中目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素，其中，K为小于M且不小于4的整数，且该目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵；此时，该目标预编码矩阵可用于指示第一设备仅使用M个端口中的K个端口进行预编码。
示例性地，在目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素时，该非零元素为集合{e jkπ/K/A 3}中的元素，其中，k＝0,1,2,…,K-1,j为虚数单位，A 3为正数常数。可选的，该目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的K行的行位置任意。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述目标预编码矩阵可适用的波形可以包括：DFT-s-OFDM波形、CP-OFDM波形或其他波形。例如，针对功率受限的场景可以采用DFT-s-OFDM波形，该波形支持最大单流的数据传输，同时保证单载波特性；针对资源受限的场景可以采用循环前缀CP-OFDM波形，该波形支持单流或者多流的数据传输以提高通信系统的频谱效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述目标码本的形式可以为预编码矩阵表，该预编码矩阵表包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，每个目标预编码矩阵由一个TPMI索引进行指示。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一指示信息可以包含预编码层数的指示信息和/或第一TPMI的指示信息，其中，预编码层数用于确定目标码本，第一TPMI为第一预编码矩阵在目标码本中的索引，即作为第一预编码矩阵的目标预编码矩阵在目标码本中的索引。可选的，该预编码层数及第一TPMI可以承载在相同或不同的字段中。示例性地，第二设备基于SRS测量结果确定第一预编码矩阵，所述预编码层数即为第一预编码矩阵列数，目标码本即为与所述预编码层数对应的码本，所述第一TPMI为该第一预编码矩阵在目标码本中的索引，从而确定第一指示信息。
示例性地，当目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
步骤204、第二设备向第一设备发送第一指示信息。
示例性地，第二设备可以向第一设备发送上述指示第一TPMI和/或预编码层数的指示信 息；可选的，可以通过一个字段指示第一TPMI，另一个字段指示预编码层数；也可以发送一个字段对第一TPMI和预编码层数进行联合指示，例如，可以通过DCI中预编码信息与预编码层数(precoding information and number of layers)字段，该字段中可以占用6个比特位，该6个比特位的不同比特值指示第一TPMI和预编码层数，如，000000指示第一TPMI为0，预编码层数为1；000001指示第一TPMI为1，预编码层数为1；011001指示第一TPMI为2，预编码层数为3。
步骤205、第一设备接收第一指示信息。
示例性地，第一设备可以接收上述指示第一TPMI和/或预编码层数的指示信息。进一步地，第一设备可以根据SRS资源配置中的SRS端口数确定发送天线端口数，然后从相应发送天线端口数以及预编码层数确定目标码本(如预编码矩阵表)，最终通过第一TPMI在该目标码本中确定第一预编码矩阵。
本申请实施例中，针对终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，可以支持M端口的目标码本，第一指示信息用于指示目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，从而可以支持从M个发射通道中选取多个发射通道进行上行传输；从而保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
下面以M为3时，对上述图2中的通信方法进行举例说明。
图3示出根据本申请一实施例的另一种通信方法的流程图，该方法可以应用于上述图1所示的通信系统，其中，第一设备可以为上述图1中终端设备102，相应的，第二设备可以为上述图1中网络设备102。如图3所示，该方法可以包括以下步骤：
步骤301、第一设备发送3个端口的第一参考信号。
示例性地，第一参考信号可以为SRS；3个端口可以为3个SRS端口，这3个SRS端口与3个发送天线端口一一对应；该3个端口的第一参考信号的时频位置可以是第二设备配置的。
步骤302、第二设备接收第一设备发送的3个端口的第一参考信号。
示例性地，第二设备可以在上述相应的时频资源上接收第一设备发送的上述SRS。
步骤303、第二设备根据上述3个端口的第一参考信号，确定第一指示信息。
示例性地，第二设备可以测量上述SRS，以获得SRS测量结果，该SRS测量结果可以为3个发射通道在其对应载波上的上行信道信息，第二设备基于SRS测量结果确定第一指示信息。
其中，第一指示信息用于指示目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，第一预编码矩阵与3个端口的第一参考信号关联；该目标码本包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，该目标预编码矩阵的行数可以为3；即该目标码本为3端口的预编码码本；第一指示信息所指示的第一预编码矩阵即为3端口下预编码码本中的至少一个目标预编码矩阵。
为了满足终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强需求，本申请实施例提供了3端口的预编码码本。
在一些示例中，在该3端口的预编码码本中，目标预编码矩阵列数为2，目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素，目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵，此时，该目标预编码矩阵可用于指示第一设备使用3个端口中的2个端口进行预编码。
示例性地，目标预编码矩阵的非零行(即包含非零元素的2行)由[a1,b1；c1,d1]确定， 其中，a1，b1，c1，d1为{1/A 1，-1/A 1，j/A 1，-j/A 1}中的元素，其中j为虚数单位，A 1为正数常数，代表使得码本中的预编码矢量功率归一的因子。其中，目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行的行位置任意。示例性地，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
目标预编码矩阵可以表示为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000011
其中，a1，b1，c1，d1为上述{1/A 1，-1/A 1，j/A 1，-j/A 1}中的元素。
例如，A 1取2时；a1，b1，c1，d1为{1/2，-1/2，j/2，-j/2}中的元素，目标预编码矩阵可以为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000012
等等
可以理解的是，上述所列目标预编码矩阵仅为示例，并非穷举；在所列出的目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量；且所列出的目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
在一些示例中，在该3端口的预编码码本中，目标预编码矩阵有3行包含非零元素，且目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵或相干预编码矩阵；其中，相干预编码矩阵为所有列都包含3个非零元素的预编码矩阵，此时，该目标预编码矩阵可用于指示第一设备使用3个端口中的3个端口进行预编码。
示例性地，目标预编码矩阵中的非零元素为{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素，其中j为虚数单位，A 2为正数常数，代表使得码本中的预编码矢量功率归一的因子，其中，目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的3行的行位置任意。示例性地，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
其中，在该3端口的预编码码本中，目标预编码矩阵的列数为2时，该目标预编码矩阵可以表示为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000013
其中，a2与b2中的至少一个为非零元素，c2与d2中的至少一个为非零元素，e2与f2中的至少一个为非零元素；当a2、b2、c2、d2、e2、f2中任意一个为非零元素时，该非零元素为上述{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素。
例如，A 2取
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000014
时，即非零元素为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000015
中的元素时，目标预编码矩阵可以为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000016
等等
可以理解的是，上述所列目标预编码矩阵仅为示例，并非穷举；在所列出的目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量；且所列出的目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
例如，A 2取
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000017
时，即非零元素为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000018
中的元素时，目标预编码矩阵可以为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000019
等等
可以理解的是，上述所列目标预编码矩阵仅为示例，并非穷举；在所列出的目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量；且所列出的目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵或相干预编码矩阵。
其中，在该3端口的预编码码本中，目标预编码矩阵的列数为3时，该目标预编码矩阵可以表示为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000020
a3、b3、c3中的至少一个为非零元素，d3、e3、f3中的至少一个为非零元素，g3、h3、k3中的至少一个为非零元素；当a3、b3、c3、d3、e3、f3、g3、h3、k3中任意一个为非零元素时，该非零元素为上述{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素。
例如，A 2取
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000021
时，即非零元素为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000022
中的元素，目标预编码矩阵可以为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000023
等等
可以理解的是，上述所列目标预编码矩阵仅为示例，并非穷举；在所列出的目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量；且所列出的目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
例如，A 2取
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000024
时，即非零元素为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000025
中的元素时，目标预编码矩阵可以为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000026
等等
可以理解的是，上述所列目标预编码矩阵仅为示例，并非穷举；在所列出的目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量；且所列出的目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
例如，A 2取3时，即非零元素为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000027
中的元素时，目标预编码矩阵可以为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000028
等等
可以理解的是，上述所列目标预编码矩阵仅为示例，并非穷举；所列出的目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
举例来说，目标码本为3端口预编码码本，如下表8-10所示，其中，W表示目标预编码矩阵，各目标预编码矩阵中每行对应一个发送天线端口，每列对应一个传输层；一个TPMI索引对应一个目标预编码矩阵。
表8-使用3天线端口1层传输的预编码矩阵表
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000029
表8的码本包括：使用3天线端口1层传输的目标预编码矩阵。其中，a0、b0为{1,e jπ/3,e j2π/3,-1,-e j2π/3,-e jπ/3}中的元素。
表9-使用3天线端口2层传输的预编码矩阵表
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000030
表9的码本包括：使用3天线端口2层传输的目标预编码矩阵，其中，a1，b1，c1，d1为{1/A 1，-1/A 1，j/A 1，-j/A 1}中的元素；a2与b2中的至少一个为非零元素，c2与d2中的至少一个为非零元素，e2与f2中的至少一个为非零元素；当a2、b2、c2、d2、e2、f2中任意一个为非零元素时，该非零元素为{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素。
表10-使用3天线端口3层传输的预编码矩阵表
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000031
表10的码本包括：使用3天线端口3层传输目标预编码矩阵，其中，a3、b3、c3中的至少一个为非零元素，d3、e3、f3中的至少一个为非零元素，g3、h3、k3中的至少一个为非零元素；当a3、b3、c3、d3、e3、f3、g3、h3、k3中任意一个为非零元素时，该非零元素为{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素。
需要说明的是，上述表8-表10中各目标预编码矩阵的形式及各目标预编码矩阵所对应的索引值仅为示例，本申请实施例对此不作限定。另外，上述表8-表10中各码本的预编码矩阵表可以适用于CP-OFDM波形的、DFT-s-OFDM波形等，本申请实施例对上述目标预编码矩阵表可适用的波形不进行限定。
示例性地，上述表9及表10中目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一指示信息包含第一TPMI的指示信息和/或预编码层数的指示信息；其中，预编码层数用于确定目标码本，即确定表8或表9或表10的预编码矩阵表为目标码本；第一TPMI为第一预编码矩阵在目标码本中的索引。例如，第二设备基于SRS测量结果确定第一预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000032
确定第一预编码矩阵的预编码层数为2，则3端口2层传输的码本(即表9所示的预编码矩阵表)为目标码本，第一预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000033
上述表9所示的预编码矩阵表中的索引值为1，则确定第一TPMI为1。
步骤304、第二设备向第一设备发送第一指示信息。
该步骤中，第二设备可以向第一设备发送指示上述第一TPMI和/或预编码层数的指示信息。例如，可以发送一个字段联合指示第一TPMI为1及预编码层数为2；还可以发送两个字段，其中一个字段指示第一TPMI为1，另一个字段指示预编码层数为2。
步骤305、第一设备接收第一指示信息。
示例性地，第一设备可以接收上述指示第一TPMI和/或预编码层数的指示信息。进一步地，第一设备可以根据SRS资源配置中的3个SRS端口数确定发送天线端口数为3，然后基于3个发送天线端口以及预编码层数确定预编码矩阵表，最终通过第一TPMI在预编码矩阵 表中确定第一预编码矩阵。例如，第一指示信息指示预编码层数为2层，第一TPMI指示的索引值为1，可以查找3端口2层传输的码本(如上述表9)，确定索引值1所对应的第一预编码矩阵即为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000034
本申请实施例中，针对终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，设计3端口的预编码码本，第一指示信息用于指示该3端口的预编码码本中的第一预编码矩阵，从而可以支持同一载波上最大3发射通道的上行传输；从而保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
下面以M为4时，对上述图2中的通信方法进行举例说明。
图4示出根据本申请一实施例的另一种通信方法的流程图，该方法可以应用于上述图1所示的通信系统，其中，第一设备可以为上述图1中终端设备102，相应的，第二设备可以为上述图1中网络设备101。如图4所示，该方法可以包括以下步骤：
步骤401、第一设备发送4个端口的第一参考信号。
示例性地，第一参考信号可以为SRS；4个端口可以为4个SRS端口，这4个SRS端口与4个发送天线端口一一对应；该4个端口的第一参考信号的时频位置可以是第二设备配置的。
步骤402、第二设备接收第一设备发送的4个端口的第一参考信号。
示例性地，第二设备可以在上述相应的时频资源上接收第一设备发送的上述SRS。
步骤403、第二设备根据上述4个端口的第一参考信号，确定第一指示信息；
示例性地，第二设备可以测量上述SRS，以获得SRS测量结果，该SRS测量结果可以为4个发射通道在其对应载波上的上行信道信息，第二设备基于SRS测量结果确定第一指示信息。
其中，第一指示信息用于指示目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，第一预编码矩阵与4个端口的第一参考信号关联；该目标码本包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，该目标预编码矩阵的行数可以为4；即该目标码本为4端口的预编码码本，例如可以为扩充后的4端口的预编码矩阵表；第一指示信息所指示的第一预编码矩阵即为该4端口下预编码码本中至少一个目标预编码矩阵。
为了满足终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强需求，本申请实施例提供了对4端口码本进行扩充扩充后的4端口的预编码码本，该扩充后的4端口的预编码码本包含任意2端口组合的2端口码本，以及任意3端口组合的3端口码本，各载波均可以通过扩充的4端口TPMI指示包含1端口或2端口或3端口或4端口的码本。
示例性地，第二设备配置的SRS端口数为4，调度发送数据(如：PUSCH)的天线端口数为2，当传输层数为1或传输层数为2且为部分相干类型预编码矩阵，需对4端口的预编码码本进行扩充，使其包含任意2端口组合的2端口码本。例如，第一设备共4个天线端口0～3，第二设备配置的SRS端口数为4，调度发送数据的天线端口数为2，比如天线端口0、1，若为1层传输且发送数据的预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000035
则4端口1层的码本中应包含
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000036
若为2层传输且发送数据的预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000037
则4端口2层的码本中应包含
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000038
在一些示例中，在该扩充后的4端口预编码码本中，目标预编码矩阵列数为2，目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素，目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵，此时，该目标预编码矩阵可用于指示第一设备使用4个端口中的2个端口进行预编码。
示例性地，目标预编码矩阵的非零行(即包含非零元素的2行)由[a4,b4；c4,d4]确定，其中，a4，b4，c4，d4为{1/A 1,-1/A 1,j/A 1,-j/A 1}中的元素，其中j为虚数单位，A 1为正数常数。其中，目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行的行位置任意。示例性地，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
该目标预编码矩阵可以表示为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000039
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000040
其中a4，b4，c4，d4为上述{1/A 1,-1/A 1,j/A 1,-j/A 1}中的元素。
例如，A 1取2时，a4，b4，c4，d4为{1/2,-1/2,j/2,-j/2}中的元素，目标预编码矩阵可以为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000041
等等
可以理解的是，上述所列目标预编码矩阵仅为示例，并非穷举；在所列出的目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量；且所列出的目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
示例性地，第二设备配置的SRS端口数为4，调度发送数据(如PUSCH)的天线端口数为3，需对4端口的预编码码本进行扩充，使其包含任意3端口组合的3端口码本。例如，第一设备共4个天线端口0～3，第二设备配置的SRS端口数为3或4，调度发送数据的天线端口数为3，比如天线端口0、1、3，若为1层传输且发送数据的预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000042
则4端口1层的码本中应包含
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000043
若为2层传输且发送数据的预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000044
则4端口2层的码本中应包含
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000045
若为3层传输且发送数据的预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000046
则4端口3层的码本中应包含
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000047
在一些示例中，在该扩充后的4端口预编码码本中，目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素，且目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵，此时，该目标预编码矩阵可用于指示第一设备使用4个端口中的3个端口进行预编码。
示例性地，目标预编码矩阵中的非零元素为{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素，其中j为虚数单位，A 2为正数常数，其中，目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的3行的行位置任意。示例性地，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
其中，在该4端口预编码码本中，目标预编码矩阵的列数为2时，该目标预编码矩阵可 以表示为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000048
a5与b5中的至少一个为非零元素，c5与d5中的至少一个为非零元素，e5与f5中的至少一个为非零元素；当a5、b5、c5、d5、e5、f5中任意一个为非零元素时，该非零元素为上述{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素。
例如，A 2取
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000049
时，即非零元素为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000050
中的元素时，目标预编码矩阵可以为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000051
等等
可以理解的是，上述所列目标预编码矩阵仅为示例，并非穷举；在所列出的目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量；且所列出的目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
例如，A 2取
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000052
时，即非零元素为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000053
中的元素时，目标预编码矩阵可以为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000054
等等
可以理解的是，上述所列目标预编码矩阵仅为示例，并非穷举；在所列出的目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量；且所列出的目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
其中，在该4端口预编码码本中，目标预编码矩阵的列数为3时，该目标预编码矩阵可以表示为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000055
其中，a6、b6、c6中的至少一个为非零元素，d6、e6、f6中的至少一个为非零元素，g6、h6、k6中的至少一个为非零元素；当a6、b6、c6、d6、e6、f6、g6、h6、k6中任意一个为非零元素时，该非零元素为上述{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素。
例如，A 2取
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000056
时，即非零元素为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000057
中的元素，目标预编码矩阵可以为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000058
等等
可以理解的是，上述所列目标预编码矩阵仅为示例，并非穷举；在所列出的目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量；且所列出的目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
例如，A 2取
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000059
时，即非零元素为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000060
中的元素，目标预编码矩阵可以为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000061
等等
可以理解的是，上述所列目标预编码矩阵仅为示例，并非穷举；在所列出的目标预编码 矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量；且所列出的目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
例如，A 2取3时，即非零元素为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000062
中的元素，目标预编码矩阵可以为：
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000063
等等
可以理解的是，上述所列目标预编码矩阵仅为示例，并非穷举；所列出的目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
举例来说，目标码本为扩充后的4端口预编码矩阵表，如下表11-13所示，其中，W表示预编码矩阵，各目标预编码矩阵中每行对应一个发送天线端口，每列对应一个传输层；一个TPMI索引对应一个目标预编码矩阵。
表11-使用4天线端口1层传输的扩充预编码矩阵表
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000064
表11的码本包括：使用4天线端口1层传输的扩充预编码矩阵表，表中索引28-43的预编码矩阵为对实际使用2天线端口传输1层数据时的扩充，使得数据实际使用的2个天线端口位置不受限定。表中最后四个矩阵为调度发送数据的天线端口数为3且传输层数为1时的目标预编码矩阵示例，其中a0、b0的取值可以为{1,e jπ/3,e j2π/3,-1,-e j2π/3,-e jπ/3}。
表12-使用4天线端口2层传输的扩充预编码矩阵表
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000065
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000066
表12的码本包括：使用4天线端口2层传输的目标预编码矩阵，表中索引为22-33的预编码矩阵为对实际使用2天线端口传输2层数据时的扩充，使得发送数据使用的天线端口位置不受限定，且实际使用的2天线端口可以进行相干预编码。表中最后四个矩阵为调度发送数据的实际使用天线端口数为3且传输层数为2时的目标预编码矩阵示例，其中a5与b5中的至少一个为非零元素，c5与d5中的至少一个为非零元素，e5与f5中的至少一个为非零元素；当a5或b5或c5或d5或e5或f5为非零元素时，该非零元素为{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素。
表13-使用4天线端口3层传输的扩充预编码矩阵表
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000067
表13中码本包括：使用4天线端口3层传输的目标预编码矩阵，表中最后四个矩阵为调度发送数据的实际使用天线端口数为3且传输层数为3时的预编码矩阵示例。其中，a6、b6、c6中的至少一个为非零元素，d6、e6、f6中的至少一个为非零元素，g6、h6、k6中的至少一个为非零元素；当a6、b6、c6、d6、e6、f6、g6、h6、k6中任意一个为非零元素时，该非零元素为上述{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素。
需要说明的是，上述表11-表13中各目标预编码矩阵的形式及各目标预编码矩阵所对应的索引值仅为示例，本申请实施例对此不作限定。本申请实施例对上述目标预编码矩阵表可适用的波形不进行限定。
示例性地，上述表12及表13中目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一指示信息包含第一TPMI的指示信息和/或预编码层数的指示信息。例如，第二设备基于SRS测量结果确定第一预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000068
确定第一预编码矩阵的预编码层数为3，则4端口3层传输的码本(即表13所示的预编码矩阵表)为目标码本，第一预编码矩阵
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000069
在上述表13所示的目标预编码矩阵表中的索引值为2，则确定第一TPMI为2。
步骤404、第二设备向第一设备发送第一指示信息。
该步骤中，第二设备可以向第一设备发送上述指示第一TPMI和/或预编码层数的指示信息。例如，可以发送一个字段联合指示第一TPMI为2及预编码层数为3；还可以发送两个字段，其中一个字段指示第一TPMI为2，另一个字段指示预编码层数为3。
步骤405、第一设备接收第一指示信息。
示例性地，第一设备可以接收指示上述第一TPMI和/或预编码层数的指示信息。进一步地，第一设备可以根据SRS资源配置中的4个SRS端口数确定发送天线端口数为4，然后基于4个发送天线端口数以及预编码层数确定目标码本(如预编码矩阵表)，最终通过第一TPMI在预编码矩阵表中确定第一预编码矩阵。例如，第一指示信息指示预编码层数为3层，第一 TPMI指示的索引值为2，可以查找4端口3层传输的码本(如上述表13)，确定索引值2所对应的第一预编码矩阵即为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000070
本申请实施例中，针对终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，扩展4端口码本，使其包含任意2端口组合的2端口码本，以及任意3端口组合的3端口码本，第一指示信息用于指示该扩展后的4端口码本中的第一预编码矩阵，这样各载波均通过扩充的4端口TPMI指示2端口或3端口或4端口的码本；从而可以支持同一载波上最大3发射通道的上行传输；从而保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
图5示出根据本申请一实施例的另一种通信方法的流程图，该方法可以应用于上述图1所示的通信系统，其中，第一设备可以为上述图1中终端设备102，相应的，第二设备可以为上述图1中网络设备101。如图5所示，该方法可以包括以下步骤：
步骤501、第一设备发送M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数。
示例性地，第一参考信号可以为SRS；M个端口可以为M个SRS端口，这M个SRS端口与M个发送天线端口一一对应。第一设备可以根据SRS资源配置，在相应的时频资源上发送SRS；该第一参考信号的时频位置可以是第二设备配置的。
步骤502、第二设备接收第一设备发送M个端口的第一参考信号。
示例性地，第二设备可以在上述相应的时频资源上接收第一设备发送的上述SRS。
步骤503、第二设备根据上述M个端口的第一参考信号确定第二指示信息。
示例性地，第二设备可以测量上述SRS，以获得SRS测量结果，该SRS测量结果可以为各个发射通道在其对应载波上的上行信道信息，第二设备基于SRS测量结果确定第二指示信息。
其中，第二指示信息用于指示M个端口中的N个端口，以及目标码本中的第二预编码矩阵，第二预编码矩阵与N个端口相关联，第二预编码矩阵的行数为N，其中，N为小于M的正整数。示例性地，第二预编码矩阵与N个SRS端口关联，即第二预编码矩阵位于与N个SRS端口数所对应的目标码本中。该N个端口与第一设备实际发送数据的天线端口相关联。
该目标码本中包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，目标预编码矩阵的行数可以为N，目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行；第二指示信息所指示的第二预编码矩阵即为N个端口下预编码码本中的至少一个目标预编码矩阵。其中，目标预编码矩阵包含的非零元素为{e jnπ/N/A}中的元素，其中，n＝0,1,2,…,N-1，j为虚数单位，A为正数常数。
示例性地，当目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
示例性地，目标预编码矩阵可适用的波形可以包括：DFT-s-OFDM波形、CP-OFDM波形或其他波形。例如，针对功率受限的场景可以采用DFT-s-OFDM波形，该波形支持最大单流的数据传输，同时保证单载波特性；针对资源受限的场景可以采用循环前缀CP-OFDM波形，该波形支持单流或者多流的数据传输以提高通信系统的频谱效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息中可以包括：端口比特位图的指示信息，该端口比特位图用于指示M个端口中的N个端口，其中，端口比特位图中各比特为0时指示第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为1时指示第一参考信号的M个端口中对应 的端口被使用，或者，端口比特位图中各比特为1时指示第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为0时指示第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息中可以包括：端口指示向量的指示信息，该端口指示向量用于指示M个端口中的N个端口，端口指示向量中的第i个元素表示第二预编码矩阵中第i行对应的第一参考信号的M个端口中的一个端口。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息还可以包含预编码层数的指示信息和/或第二TPMI的指示信息，其中，预编码层数用于确定目标码本(如预编码矩阵表)，第二TPMI为第二预编码矩阵在目标码本中的索引。可选的，该预编码层数及第二TPMI可以承载在相同或不同的字段中。
步骤504、第二设备向第一设备发送第二指示信息。
示例性地，第二设备可以向第一设备发送上述指示第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口比特位图的指示信息，可选的，第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口比特位图可以承载在同一字段中；或者，第二设备可以向第一设备发送指示第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口指示向量的指示信息，可选的，第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口指示向量可以承载在同一字段中。例如，可以通过DCI中预编码信息与预编码层数(precoding information and number of layers)字段指示第一TPMI、预编码层数及及端口指示向量。例如，该字段中可以占用8个比特位，该8个比特位的不同比特值指示第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口指示向量，如，00000000指示第二TPMI为0，预编码层数为1，端口指示向量
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000071
00011001指示第一TPMI为2，预编码层数为3，端口指示向量
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000072
步骤505、第一设备接收第二指示信息。
示例性地，第一设备可以接收上述指示第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口比特位图的指示信息；进一步地，第一设备可以根据端口比特位图以及预编码层数确定预编码矩阵表，通过第二TPMI在预编码矩阵表中确定第二预编码矩阵，并通过端口比特位图确定第二预编码矩阵各行对应的发送天线端口。
示例性地，第一设备可以接收上述指示第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口指示向量的指示信息；进一步地，第一设备可以根据端口指示向量以及预编码层数确定预编码矩阵表，通过第二TPMI在预编码矩阵表中确定第二预编码矩阵，并通过端口指示向量确定第二预编码矩阵各行对应的发送天线端口。
本申请实施例中，在第二设备为第一设备配置的参考信号端口数M大于N，第二设备根据参考信号测量结果调度第一设备发送数据使用的天线端口数为N，通过该天线端口数对应的码本进行TPMI指示，同时额外增加“天线端口选择”的指示，以使TPMI指示方法满足发射通道资源池化需求；保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
下面以N为3时，对上述图5中的通信方法进行举例说明。
图6示出根据本申请一实施例的另一种通信方法的流程图，该方法可以应用于上述图1所示的通信系统，其中，第一设备可以为上述图1中终端设备102，相应的，第二设备可以为上述图1中网络设备101。如图6所示，该方法可以包括以下步骤：
步骤601、第一设备发送M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数。步骤602、第二设备接收第一设备发送M个端口的第一参考信号。
步骤603、第二设备根据第一参考信号确定第二指示信息。
其中，第二指示信息用于指示M个端口中的3个端口，以及目标码本中的第二预编码矩阵，第二预编码矩阵的行数为3；第二预编码矩阵与3个端口相关联，该3个端口与第一设备实际发送数据的天线端口相关联。
该目标码本中包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，目标预编码矩阵的行数为3，目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行；第二指示信息所指示的第二预编码矩阵即为该目标码本中目标预编码矩阵中的至少一个。其中，目标预编码矩阵包含的非零元素为{e jnπ/3/A}中的元素，其中n＝0,1,2，j为虚数单位，A为正数常数。
示例性地，当目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
举例来说，当M＝4时，即第一参考信号为4个端口的第一参考信号时，目标码本可以为上述表8-表10所示的3端口的码本。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息中可以包括：端口比特位图的指示信息，该端口比特位图用于指示M个端口中的3个端口。
例如，M＝4时，第二设备配置为第一设备配置4个端口的SRS，为0～3，假设第一设备发送SRS时SRS的4个端口分别与第一设备的4个天线端口关联；第二设备根据SRS测量结果调度第一设备发送数据使用与SRS端口0、1、2这三个端口对应的天线端口。第二设备通过端口比特位图指示天线端口的选择，比如：端口比特位图[1,1,1,0]表示上述SRS端口0、1、2这三个端口关联的天线端口被选择，该3个天线端口为发送数据时使用的天线端口，且预编码矩阵的第1行与SRS端口0对应，预编码矩阵的第2行与SRS端口1对应，预编码矩阵的第3行与SRS端口2对应，同时预编码矩阵的第1行与SRS端口0关联的天线端口对应，预编码矩阵的第2行与SRS端口1关联的天线端口对应，预编码矩阵的第3行与SRS端口2关联的天线端口对应。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息中可以包括：端口指示向量的指示信息，该端口指示向量指示M个端口中的3个端口，端口指示向量中的第i个元素表示第一预编码矩阵中第i行对应的第一参考信号的M个端口中的一个端口。
例如，M＝4时，第二设备配置为第一设备配置4个端口的SRS，为0～3，假设第一设备发送SRS时SRS的4个端口分别与第一设备的4个天线端口对应；第二设备根据SRS测量结果调度第一设备发送数据使用与SRS端口0、1、2这三个端口对应的天线端口。通过端口指示向量指示天线端口的选择，比如：端口指示向量为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000073
表示上述SRS端口0、1、2这三个端口关联的天线端口被选择，该3个天线端口为发送数据时使用的天线端口，且预编码矩阵的第1行与SRS端口0对应，预编码矩阵的第2行与SRS端口1对应，预编码矩阵的第3行与SRS端口2对应，同时预编码矩阵的第1行与SRS端口0关联的天线端口对应，预编码矩阵的第2行与SRS端口1关联的天线端口对应，预编码矩阵的第3行与SRS端口2关联的天线端口对应。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息还可以包含第二TPMI的指示信息和/或预编码层数的指示信息，其中，预编码层数用于确定目标码本，该第二TPMI为第二预编码矩阵在目标码本中的索引。例如，M＝4时，第二设备确定的第二预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000074
预编码层数为1，根据上述表8中3端口1层传输的码本，确定第二TPMI为15。
步骤604、第二设备向第一设备发送第二指示信息。
示例性地，第二设备可以向第一设备发送指示上述第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口比特位图的信息。例如，M＝4时，第二预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000075
天线端口选择为与SRS端口0、1、2关联的3个天线端口，则预编码层数为1，第二TPMI的索引值为15及端口比特位图为[1,1,1,0]。
示例性地，第二设备可以向第一设备发送指示上述第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口指示向量的信息，。例如，M＝4时，第二预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000076
天线端口选择为与SRS端口0、1、2关联的3个天线端口，则预编码层数为1，第二TPMI的索引值为15及端口指示向量为[0,1,2]。
步骤605、第一设备接收第二指示信息。
示例性地，第一设备可以接收上述指示第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口比特位图的信息，或者，接收指示第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口指示向量的信息；进一步地，第一设备可以根据预编码层数以及第二TPMI查找第二预编码矩阵，并根据端口比特位图或端口指示向量确定M个端口中的3个端口。
例如，M＝4时，第二指示信息指示预编码层数为2，第二TPMI的索引值15及端口指示向量为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000077
第一设备根据预编码层数为2及指示向量
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000078
确定预编码矩阵表为使用3个天线端口2层传输的预编码矩阵，即上述表9，通过第二TPMI的索引值15确定第二预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000079
并通过端口指示向量
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000080
确定
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000081
中第1行对应与天线SRS0关联的天线端口，第二行对应与SRS端口1关联的天线端口，第三行对应SRS端口2关联的天线端口。
上述图6各步骤中具体内容可以参见前文图5中相关表述，在此不作赘述。
本申请实施例中，在第二设备为第一设备配置的参考信号端口数M大于3，第二设备根据参考信号测量结果调度第一设备发送数据使用的天线端口数为3，通过该天线端口数对应的码本进行TPMI指示，同时额外增加“天线端口选择”的指示，以使TPMI指示方法满足发射通道资源池化需求；保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
下面以N为2时，对上述图5中的通信方法进行举例说明。
图7示出根据本申请一实施例的一种通信方法的流程图，该方法可以应用于上述图1所示的通信系统，其中，第一设备可以为上述图1中终端设备102，相应的，第二设备可以为上述图1中网络设备101。如图7所示，该方法可以包括以下步骤：
步骤701、第一设备发送M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数。
步骤702、第二设备接收第一设备发送4端口的第一参考信号。
步骤703、第二设备根据第一参考信号确定第二指示信息。
其中，第二指示信息用于指示M个端口中的2个端口，以及目标码本中的第二预编码矩阵，第二预编码矩阵的行数为2；第二预编码矩阵与2个端口相关联，该2个端口与第一设备实际发送数据的天线端口相关联。
该目标码本中包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，目标预编码矩阵的行数可以为2，目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行；第二指示信息所指示的第二预编码矩阵即为该目标码本中目标预编码矩阵中的至少一个。其中，目标预编码矩阵包含的非零元素为{e jnπ/2/A}中的元素，其中，n＝0,1，j为虚数单位，A为正数常数。
示例性地，当目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列 向量。
举例来说，当M＝4或M＝3时，即第一参考信号为4个端口的第一参考信号时，目标码本可以为上述表1-表2所示的2端口的码本，此处不再赘述。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息中可以包括端口比特位图，该端口比特位图用于指示M个端口中的2个端口。
例如，当M＝3时，第二设备配置为第一设备配置3个端口的SRS，为0～2，假设第一设备发送SRS时SRS的3个端口分别与第一设备的3个天线端口关联；第二设备根据SRS测量结果调度第一设备发送数据使用与SRS端口0、1这两个端口对应的天线端口。第二设备通过端口比特位图指示天线端口的选择，比如：端口比特位图[1,1,0]表示上述SRS端口0、1这两个端口关联的天线端口被选择，该2个天线端口为发送数据时使用的天线端口，且预编码矩阵的第1行与SRS端口0对应，预编码矩阵的第2行与SRS端口1对应，同时预编码矩阵的第1行与SRS端口0关联的天线端口对应，预编码矩阵的第2行与SRS端口1关联的天线端口对应。
再例如，当M＝4时，第二设备配置为第一设备配置4个端口的SRS，为0～3，假设第一设备发送SRS时SRS的4个端口分别与第一设备的4个天线端口关联；第二设备根据SRS测量结果调度第一设备发送数据使用与SRS端口0、1这两个端口对应的天线端口。第二设备通过端口比特位图指示天线端口的选择，比如：端口比特位图[1,1,0,0]表示上述SRS端口0、1这两个端口关联的天线端口被选择，该2个天线端口为发送数据时使用的天线端口，且预编码矩阵的第1行与SRS端口0对应，预编码矩阵的第2行与SRS端口1对应，同时预编码矩阵的第1行与SRS端口0关联的天线端口对应，预编码矩阵的第2行与SRS端口1关联的天线端口对应。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息中可以包括：端口指示向量，该端口指示向量用于指示M个端口中的2个端口，所述端口指示向量中的第i个元素表示所述第一预编码矩阵中第i行对应的所述第一参考信号的M个端口中的一个端口。
例如，当M＝4时，第二设备配置为第一设备配置4个端口的SRS，为0～3，假设第一设备发送SRS时SRS的4个端口分别与第一设备的4个天线端口对应；第二设备根据SRS测量结果调度第一设备发送数据使用与SRS端口1、2这两个端口对应的天线端口。通过端口指示向量指示天线端口的选择，比如端口指示向量为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000082
表示上述SRS端口1、2这两个端口关联的天线端口被选择，该2个天线端口为发送数据时使用的天线端口，且预编码矩阵的第1行与SRS端口1对应，预编码矩阵的第2行与SRS端口1对应，同时预编码矩阵的第1行与SRS端口1关联的天线端口对应，预编码矩阵的第2行与SRS端口2关联的天线端口对应。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息还可以包含第二TPMI的指示信息和/或预编码层数的指示信息，其中，预编码层数用于确定目标码本，该第二TPMI为第二预编码矩阵在目标码本中的索引。例如，当M＝4时，第二设备确定的第二预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000083
则预编码层数为2，根据上述表2中2端口2层传输的码本，确定第二TPMI的索引值为1。
步骤704、第二设备向第一设备发送第二指示信息。
示例性地，第二设备可以向第一设备发送指示上述第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口比特位图的信息。例如，M＝4时，第二预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000084
天线端口选择为与SRS端口0、1 关联的2个天线端口，则预编码层数为2、第二TPMI的索引值为1及端口比特位图[1,1,0,0]。
示例性地，第二设备可以向第一设备发送上述第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口指示向量。例如，M＝4时，第二预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000085
天线端口选择为与SRS端口1、2关联的2个天线端口，则预编码层数为2，第二TPMI的索引值为1及端口指示向量为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000086
步骤705、第一设备接收第二指示信息。
示例性地，第一设备可以接收上述指示第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口比特位图的信息，或者，接收指示第二TPMI、预编码层数及端口指示向量的信息；进一步地，第一设备可以根据预编码层数以及第二TPMI查找第二预编码矩阵，并根据端口比特位图或端口指示向量确定M个端口中的2个端口。
例如，M＝4时，第二预编码矩阵预编码层数为2，第二TPMI的索引值1及端口指示向量为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000087
第一设备根据预编码层数为2及指示向量
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000088
确定预编码矩阵表为使用2个天线端口2层传输的预编码矩阵，即上述表2，通过第二TPMI的索引值1确定第二预编码矩阵为
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000089
并通过端口指示向量
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000090
确定
Figure PCTCN2021135131-appb-000091
中第1行对应与SRS端口1关联的天线端口，第二行对应与SRS端口2关联的天线端口。
上述图7各步骤中具体内容可以参见前文图5中相关表述，在此不作赘述。
本申请实施例中，在第二设备为第一设备配置的参考信号端口数M大于2，第二设备根据参考信号测量结果调度第一设备发送数据使用的天线端口数为2，通过该天线端口数对应的码本进行TPMI指示，同时额外增加“天线端口选择”的指示，以使TPMI指示方法满足发射通道资源池化需求；保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
基于与上述通信方法同样的发明构思，本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置。
图8示出根据本申请一实施例的一种通信装置的结构图，如图8所示，该装置可以包括：第一模块801及第二模块802。
一些实施例中，该第一模块801用于第一设备发送M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数；该第二模块802用于第一设备接收第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，第一预编码矩阵与第一参考信号关联，目标码本包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，目标预编码矩阵的行数为M；其中，目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素，目标预编码矩阵的列数为2，目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵；或，目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素，且目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵或相干预编码矩阵；或，目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素，其中，K为小于M且不小于4的整数，且目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述部分相干预编码矩阵为存在一列包含大于一个且小于M个非零元素的预编码矩阵，上述相干预编码矩阵为所有列都包含M个非零元素的预编码矩阵。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一指示信息包含第一TPMI的指示信息，第一TPMI为所述第一预编码矩阵在所述目标码本中的索引。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素时，目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行由[a,b；c,d]确定，a、b、c、d为{1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1}中的元素，其中，j为虚数单位，A1为正数常数。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素时，目标预编 码矩阵包含非零元素的2行在目标预编码矩阵的行位置任意，目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行构成的矩阵为[a,b；c,d]。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素时，非零元素为{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素，其中j为虚数单位，A 2为正数常数，目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的3行的行位置任意。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素时，非零元素为{e jkπ/K/A 3}中的元素，其中k＝0,1,2,…,K-1,j为虚数单位，A 3为正数常数，目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的K行的行位置任意。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM。
本申请实施例中，针对终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，可以支持M(M为大于2的整数)端口的目标码本，第一指示信息用于指示该M端口的目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，从而可以支持从M个发射通道中选取多个发射通道进行上行传输；从而保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
另一些实施例中，该第一模块801用于：第一设备发送M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数；该第二模块802用于：第一设备接收第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示M个端口中的N个端口，以及目标码本中的第二预编码矩阵，第二预编码矩阵与N个端口相关联，第二预编码矩阵的行数为N，其中，N为小于或等于M的正整数。
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标码本中包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，目标预编码矩阵的行数为N，目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息包含第二TPMI的指示信息，第二TPMI为第二预编码矩阵在目标码本中的索引。
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标预编码矩阵包含的元素为{e jnπ/N/A}中的元素，其中n＝0,1,2,…,N-1，j为虚数单位，A为正数常数。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息包括：端口比特位图的指示信息，端口比特位图用于指示M个端口中的N个端口；其中，端口比特位图中各比特为0时指示第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为1时指示第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用，或，端口比特位图中各比特为1时指示第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被，为0时指示第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用；或者，第二指示信息包括：端口指示向量的指示信息，端口指示向量用于指示M个端口中的N个端口，端口指示向量中的第i个元素表示第二预编码矩阵中第i行对应的第一参考信号的M个端口中的一个端口。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM。
本申请实施例中，在第二设备为第一设备配置的参考信号端口数M大于N(M为大于2的整数)，第二设备根据第一参考信号测量结果调度第一设备发送数据使用的天线端口数为N，通过该天线端口数对应的码本进行预编码矩阵指示，同时额外增加“天线端口选择”的指示，以使预编码矩阵指示方法满足发射通道资源池化需求；保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自 由度，提升上行传输性能。
图9示出根据本申请一实施例的一种通信装置的结构图，如图9所示，该装置可以包括：第三模块901及第四模块902。
一些实施例中，该第三模块901用于：第二设备接收M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数；该第四模块902用于第二设备发送第一指示信息的；第一指示信息用于指示目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，第一预编码矩阵与第一参考信号关联，目标码本包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，目标预编码矩阵的行数为M；其中，目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素，目标预编码矩阵的列数为2，目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵；或，目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素，且目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵或相干预编码矩阵；或，目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素，其中，K为小于M且不小于4的整数，且目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
在一种可能的实现方式中，部分相干预编码矩阵为存在一列包含大于一个且小于M个非零元素的预编码矩阵，相干预编码矩阵为所有列都包含M个非零元素的预编码矩阵。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一指示信息包含第一TPMI的指示信息，第一TPMI为第一预编码矩阵在所述目标码本中的索引。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素时，目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行由[a,b；c,d]确定，a、b、c、d为{1/A1,-1/A1,j/A1,-j/A1}中的元素，其中，j为虚数单位，A1为正数常数。
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行在目标预编码矩阵的行位置任意，目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行构成的矩阵为[a,b；c,d]。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素时，非零元素为{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素，其中j为虚数单位，A 2为正数常数，目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的3行的行位置任意。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素时，非零元素为{e jkπ/K/A 3}中的元素，其中k＝0,1,2,…,K-1，j为虚数单位，A 3为正数常数，目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的K行的行位置任意。
在一种可能的实现方式中，在目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM。
本申请实施例中，针对终端设备发射通道资源池化的上行增强方案，可以支持M(M为大于2的整数)端口的目标码本，第一指示信息用于指示该M端口的目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，从而可以支持从M个发射通道中选取多个发射通道进行上行传输；从而保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
另一些实施例中，该第三模块901用于：第二设备接收M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数；该第四模块902用于：第二设备发送第二指示信息；第二指示信息用于指示M个端口中的N个端口，以及目标码本中的第二预编码矩阵，第二预编码矩阵与N个端口相关联，第二预编码矩阵的行数为N，其中，N为小于或等于M的正整数。
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标码本中包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，目标预编码矩阵的行数为N，目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息包含第二TPMI的指示信息，第二TPMI为第二预编码矩阵在目标码本中的索引。
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标预编码矩阵包含的元素为{e jnπ/N/A}中的元素，其中n＝0,1,2,…,N-1，j为虚数单位，A为正数常数。
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二指示信息包括：端口比特位图的指示信息，端口比特位图用于指示M个端口中的N个端口；其中，端口比特位图中各比特为0时指示第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为1时指示第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用；或，端口比特位图中各比特为1时指示第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为0时指示第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用；或者，第二指示信息包括：端口指示向量的指示信息，端口指示向量用于指示M个端口中的N个端口，端口指示向量中的第i个元素表示第二预编码矩阵中第i行对应的第一参考信号的M个端口中的一个端口。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：DFT-s-OFDM或CP-OFDM。
本申请实施例中，在第二设备为第一设备配置的参考信号端口数M大于N(M为大于2的整数)，第二设备根据第一参考信号测量结果调度第一设备发送数据使用的天线端口数为N，通过该天线端口数对应的码本进行预编码矩阵指示，同时额外增加“天线端口选择”的指示，以使预编码矩阵指示方法满足发射通道资源池化需求；保证上行发射通道资源池化的最大自由度，提升上行传输性能。
上述实施例的各种可能的实现方式或说明可参见上文，此处不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括上述任一实施例中第一设备和第二设备，该第一设备用于执行图2-图7所示的任一技术方案，该第二设备用于执行图2-图7所示的任一技术方案。
图10示出根据本申请一实施例的一种终端设备的结构示意图，如图10所示，该通信装置可以包括：至少一个处理器3001，通信线路3002，存储器3003以及至少一个通信接口3004。
处理器3001可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，微处理器，特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。
通信线路3002可包括一通路，在上述组件之间传送信息。
通信接口3004，使用任何收发器一类的装置，用于与其他设备或通信网络通信，如以太网，RAN，无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)等。
存储器3003可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory，EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在，通过通信线路3002与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。本申请 实施例提供的存储器通常可以具有非易失性。其中，存储器3003用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令，并由处理器3001来控制执行。处理器3001用于执行存储器3003中存储的计算机执行指令，从而实现本申请上述实施例中提供的方法。
可选的，本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，处理器3001可以包括一个或多个CPU，例如图10中的CPU0和CPU1。
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，通信装置可以包括多个处理器，例如图10中的处理器3001和处理器3007。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器，也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，通信装置还可以包括输出设备3005和输入设备3006。输出设备3005和处理器3001通信，可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如，输出设备3005可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display，LCD)，发光二级管(light emitting diode，LED)显示设备，阴极射线管(cathode ray tube，CRT)显示设备，或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备3006和处理器3001通信，可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如，输入设备3006可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。
作为一个示例，结合图10所示的通信装置，图8中的第一模块801可以由图10中的通信接口3004和/或处理器3001来实现，图8中的第二模块802可以由图10中的通信接口3004和/或处理器3001来实现本申请实施例对此不作任何限制。
图11示出根据本申请一实施例的一种网络设备的结构示意图，如图11所示，该通信装置可以包括：至少一个处理器3101，通信线路3102，存储器3103以及至少一个通信接口3104。
处理器3101可以是一个通用中央处理器，微处理器，特定应用集成电路，或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。
通信线路3102可包括一通路，在上述组件之间传送信息。
通信接口3104，使用任何收发器一类的装置，用于与其他设备或通信网络通信，如以太网，RAN，无线局域网等。
存储器3103可以是只读存储器或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，随机存取存储器或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器、只读光盘或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在，通过通信线路3102与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。本申请实施例提供的存储器通常可以具有非易失性。其中，存储器3103用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令，并由处理器3101来控制执行。处理器3101用于执行存储器3103中存储的计算机执行指令，从而实现本申请上述实施例中提供的方法。
可选的，本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，处理器3101可以包括一个或多个CPU，例如图11中 的CPU0和CPU1。
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，通信装置可以包括多个处理器，例如图11中的处理器3101和处理器3107。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器，也可以是一个多核处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，通信装置还可以包括输出设备3105和输入设备3106。输出设备3105和处理器3101通信，可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如，输出设备3105可以是液晶显示器，发光二级管显示设备，阴极射线管显示设备，或投影仪等。输入设备3106和处理器3101通信，可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如，输入设备3106可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。
作为一个示例，结合图11所示的通信装置，图9中的第三模块901可以由图11中的通信接口3104和/或处理器3101来实现，图9中的第四模块9012可以由图11中的通信接口3104和/或处理器3101来实现，本申请实施例对此不作任何限制。
图12示出根据本申请一实施例的一种芯片的结构示意图，如图12所示，图12所示的芯片可以为通用处理器，也可以为专用处理器。该芯片包括处理器3201。其中，处理器3201用于支持通信装置执行图2-图7中任一所示的技术方案。
可选的，该芯片还包括收发器3202，收发器3202用于接受处理器3201的控制，用于支持通信装置执行上述技术方案，示例性地，可以执行图2-图7中任一所示的方法。
可选的，图12所示的芯片还可以包括：存储介质3203。示例性地，上述表1-表13中的码本可以存储在该存储介质3203中。
需要说明的是，图12所示的芯片可以使用下述电路或者器件来实现：一个或多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device，PLD)、控制器、状态机、门逻辑、分立硬件部件、任何其他适合的电路、或者能够执行本申请通篇所描述的各种功能的电路的任意组合。
本申请实施例提供了一种非易失性计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序指令，所述计算机程序指令被处理器执行时实现上述技术方案，示例性地，可以执行图2-图7中任一所示的方法。
本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品，包括计算机可读代码，或者承载有计算机可读代码的非易失性计算机可读存储介质，当所述计算机可读代码在电子设备的处理器中运行时，所述电子设备中的处理器执行上述技术方案，示例性地，可以执行图2-图7中任一所示的方法。
计算机可读存储介质可以是可以保持和存储由指令执行设备使用的指令的有形设备。计算机可读存储介质例如可以是――但不限于――电存储设备、磁存储设备、光存储设备、电磁存储设备、半导体存储设备或者上述的任意合适的组合。
这里所描述的计算机可读程序指令或代码可以从计算机可读存储介质下载到各个计算/处理设备，或者通过网络、例如因特网、局域网、广域网和/或无线网下载到外部计算机或外部存储设备。网络可以包括铜传输电缆、光纤传输、无线传输、路由器、防火墙、交换机、网关计算机和/或边缘服务器。每个计算/处理设备中的网络适配卡或者网络接口从网络接收计算机可读程序指令，并转发该计算机可读程序指令，以供存储在各个计算/处理设备中的计算 机可读存储介质中。
用于执行本申请操作的计算机程序指令可以是汇编指令、指令集架构(Instruction Set Architecture，ISA)指令、机器指令、机器相关指令、微代码、固件指令、状态设置数据、或者以一种或多种编程语言的任意组合编写的源代码或目标代码，所述编程语言包括面向对象的编程语言—诸如Smalltalk、C++等，以及常规的过程式编程语言—诸如“C”语言或类似的编程语言。计算机可读程序指令可以完全地在用户计算机上执行、部分地在用户计算机上执行、作为一个独立的软件包执行、部分在用户计算机上部分在远程计算机上执行、或者完全在远程计算机或服务器上执行。在涉及远程计算机的情形中，远程计算机可以通过任意种类的网络—包括局域网(Local Area Network，LAN)或广域网(Wide Area Network，WAN)—连接到用户计算机，或者，可以连接到外部计算机(例如利用因特网服务提供商来通过因特网连接)。在一些实施例中，通过利用计算机可读程序指令的状态信息来个性化定制电子电路，例如可编程逻辑电路、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或可编程逻辑阵列(Programmable Logic Array，PLA)，该电子电路可以执行计算机可读程序指令，从而实现本申请的各个方面。
这里参照根据本申请实施例的方法、装置(系统)和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或框图描述了本申请的各个方面。应当理解，流程图和/或框图的每个方框以及流程图和/或框图中各方框的组合，都可以由计算机可读程序指令实现。
这些计算机可读程序指令可以提供给通用计算机、专用计算机或其它可编程数据处理装置的处理器，从而生产出一种机器，使得这些指令在通过计算机或其它可编程数据处理装置的处理器执行时，产生了实现流程图和/或框图中的一个或多个方框中规定的功能/动作的装置。也可以把这些计算机可读程序指令存储在计算机可读存储介质中，这些指令使得计算机、可编程数据处理装置和/或其他设备以特定方式工作，从而，存储有指令的计算机可读介质则包括一个制造品，其包括实现流程图和/或框图中的一个或多个方框中规定的功能/动作的各个方面的指令。
也可以把计算机可读程序指令加载到计算机、其它可编程数据处理装置、或其它设备上，使得在计算机、其它可编程数据处理装置或其它设备上执行一系列操作步骤，以产生计算机实现的过程，从而使得在计算机、其它可编程数据处理装置、或其它设备上执行的指令实现流程图和/或框图中的一个或多个方框中规定的功能/动作。
附图中的流程图和框图显示了根据本申请的多个实施例的装置、系统、方法和计算机程序产品的可能实现的体系架构、功能和操作。在这点上，流程图或框图中的每个方框可以代表一个模块、程序段或指令的一部分，所述模块、程序段或指令的一部分包含一个或多个用于实现规定的逻辑功能的可执行指令。在有些作为替换的实现中，方框中所标注的功能也可以以不同于附图中所标注的顺序发生。例如，两个连续的方框实际上可以基本并行地执行，它们有时也可以按相反的顺序执行，这依所涉及的功能而定。
也要注意的是，框图和/或流程图中的每个方框、以及框图和/或流程图中的方框的组合，可以用执行相应的功能或动作的硬件(例如电路或ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，专用集成电路))来实现，或者可以用硬件和软件的组合，如固件等来实现。
尽管在此结合各实施例对本发明进行了描述，然而，在实施所要求保护的本发明过程中，本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书，可理解并实现所述公 开实施例的其它变化。在权利要求中，“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤，“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其它单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施，但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。
以上已经描述了本申请的各实施例，上述说明是示例性的，并非穷尽性的，并且也不限于所披露的各实施例。在不偏离所说明的各实施例的范围和精神的情况下，对于本技术领域的普通技术人员来说许多修改和变更都是显而易见的。本文中所用术语的选择，旨在最好地解释各实施例的原理、实际应用或对市场中的技术的改进，或者使本技术领域的其它普通技术人员能理解本文披露的各实施例。

Claims (36)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一设备发送M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数；
    所述第一设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，所述第一预编码矩阵与所述第一参考信号关联，所述目标码本包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，所述目标预编码矩阵的行数为M；
    其中，所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素，所述目标预编码矩阵的列数为2，所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵；或，
    所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素，且所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵或相干预编码矩阵；或，
    所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素，其中，K为小于M且不小于4的整数，且所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述部分相干预编码矩阵为存在一列包含大于一个且小于M个非零元素的预编码矩阵，所述相干预编码矩阵为所有列都包含M个非零元素的预编码矩阵。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包含第一发射预编码矩阵指示TPMI的指示信息，所述第一TPMI为所述第一预编码矩阵在所述目标码本中的索引。
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素时，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行由[a,b；c,d]确定，a、b、c、d为{1/A 1,-1/A 1,j/A 1,-j/A 1}中的元素，其中，j为虚数单位，A 1为正数常数。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行在所述目标预编码矩阵的行位置任意，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行构成的矩阵为[a,b；c,d]。
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素时，所述非零元素为{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素，其中j为虚数单位，A 2为正数常数，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的3行的行位置任意。
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素时，所述非零元素为{e jkπ/K/A 3}中的元素，其中k＝0,1,2,…,K-1，j为虚数单位，A 3为正数常数，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的K行的行位置任意。
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，所述目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
  9. 根据权利要求1-7中任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：离散傅里叶变换扩展正交频分复用波形DFT-s-OFDM或循环前缀正交频分复用波形CP-OFDM。
  10. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第二设备接收M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数；
    所述第二设备发送第一指示信息；所述第一指示信息用于指示目标码本中的第一预编码矩阵，所述第一预编码矩阵与所述第一参考信号关联，所述目标码本包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，所述目标预编码矩阵的行数为M；
    其中，所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素，所述目标预编码矩阵的列数为2，所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵；或，
    所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素，且所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵或相干预编码矩阵；或，
    所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素，其中，K为小于M且不小于4的整数，且所述目标预编码矩阵为部分相干预编码矩阵。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述部分相干预编码矩阵为存在一列包含大于一个且小于M个非零元素的预编码矩阵，所述相干预编码矩阵为所有列都包含M个非零元素的预编码矩阵。
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息包含第一发射预编码矩阵指示TPMI的指示信息，所述第一TPMI为所述第一预编码矩阵在所述目标码本中的索引。
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有2行包含非零元素时，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行由[a,b；c,d]确定，a、b、c、d为{1/A 1,-1/A 1,j/A 1,-j/A 1}中的元素，其中，j为虚数单位，A 1为正数常数。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行在所述目标预编码矩阵的行位置任意，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的2行构成的矩阵为[a,b；c,d]。
  15. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有3行包含非零元素时，所述非零元素为{1/A 2,e jπ/3/A 2,e j2π/3/A 2,-1/A 2,-e j2π/3/A 2,-e jπ/3/A 2}中的元素，其中j为虚数单位，A 2为正数常数，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的3行的行 位置任意。
  16. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标预编码矩阵有且仅有K行包含非零元素时，所述非零元素为{e jkπ/K/A 3}中的元素，其中k＝0,1,2,…,K-1，j为虚数单位，A 3为正数常数，所述目标预编码矩阵包含非零元素的K行的行位置任意。
  17. 根据权利要求10-16中任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，所述目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
  18. 根据权利要求10-16中任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：离散傅里叶变换扩展正交频分复用波形DFT-s-OFDM或循环前缀正交频分复用波形CP-OFDM。
  19. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一设备发送M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数；
    所述第一设备接收第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口，以及目标码本中的第二预编码矩阵，所述第二预编码矩阵与所述N个端口相关联，所述第二预编码矩阵的行数为N，其中，N为小于或等于M的正整数。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标码本中包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，所述目标预编码矩阵的行数为N，所述目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行。
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息包含第二发射预编码矩阵指示TPMI的指示信息，所述第二TPMI为所述第二预编码矩阵在所述目标码本中的索引。
  22. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标预编码矩阵包含的元素为{e jnπ/N/A}中的元素，其中n＝0,1,2,…,N-1，j为虚数单位，A为正数常数。
  23. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息包括：端口比特位图的指示信息，所述端口比特位图用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口；其中，所述端口比特位图中各比特为0时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为1时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用，或，所述端口比特位图中各比特为1时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为0时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用；
    或者，所述第二指示信息包括：端口指示向量的指示信息，所述端口指示向量用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口，所述端口指示向量中的第i个元素表示所述第二预编码矩阵中第i行对应的所述第一参考信号的M个端口中的一个端口。
  24. 根据权利要求20-22中任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述目标预编码矩阵 的列数大于1时，所述目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
  25. 根据权利要求20-22中任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：离散傅里叶变换扩展正交频分复用波形DFT-s-OFDM或循环前缀正交频分复用波形CP-OFDM。
  26. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第二设备接收M个端口的第一参考信号，其中，M为大于2的整数；
    所述第二设备发送第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口，以及目标码本中的第二预编码矩阵，所述第二预编码矩阵与所述N个端口相关联，所述第二预编码矩阵的行数为N，其中，N为小于或等于M的正整数。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标码本中包含至少一个目标预编码矩阵，所述目标预编码矩阵的行数为N，所述目标预编码矩阵中不包含元素全为0的行。
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息包含第二发射预编码矩阵指示TPMI的指示信息，所述第二TPMI为所述第二预编码矩阵在所述目标码本中的索引。
  29. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标预编码矩阵包含的元素为{e jnπ/N/A}中的元素，其中n＝0,1,2,…,N-1，j为虚数单位，A为正数常数。
  30. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息包括：端口比特位图的指示信息，所述端口比特位图用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口；其中，所述端口比特位图中各比特为0时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为1时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用；或，所述端口比特位图中各比特为1时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口不被使用，为0时指示所述第一参考信号的M个端口中对应的端口被使用；
    或者，所述第二指示信息包括：端口指示向量的指示信息，所述端口指示向量用于指示所述M个端口中的N个端口，所述端口指示向量中的第i个元素表示所述第二预编码矩阵中第i行对应的所述第一参考信号的M个端口中的一个端口。
  31. 根据权利要求26-30中任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述目标预编码矩阵的列数大于1时，所述目标预编码矩阵中的任意两列为正交列向量。
  32. 根据权利要求26-30中任意一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标预编码矩阵适用的波形包括：离散傅里叶变换扩展正交频分复用波形DFT-s-OFDM或循环前缀正交频分复用波形CP-OFDM。
  33. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器，所述处理器被配置执行存储器中存储 的计算机程序，以执行如权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，或者如权利要求10-18任意一项所述的方法，或者如权利要求19-25任意一项所述的方法，或者如权利要求26-32任意一项所述的方法。
  34. 一种非易失性计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，其特征在于，所述计算机程序指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，或者如权利要求10-18任意一项所述的方法，或者如权利要求19-25任意一项所述的方法，或者如权利要求26-32任意一项所述的方法。
  35. 一种芯片，其特征在于，包括处理器，当所述处理器执行指令时，所述处理器执行如权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，或者如权利要求10-18任意一项所述的方法，或者如权利要求19-25任意一项所述的方法，或者如权利要求26-32任意一项所述的方法。
  36. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，其特征在于，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1-9任意一项所述的方法，或者如权利要求10-18任意一项所述的方法，或者如权利要求19-25任意一项所述的方法，或者如权利要求26-32任意一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2021/135131 2020-12-04 2021-12-02 一种通信方法、装置、芯片、存储介质及程序产品 WO2022117046A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21900072.6A EP4239898A4 (en) 2020-12-04 2021-12-02 COMMUNICATION METHOD, DEVICE, CHIP, STORAGE MEDIUM AND PROGRAM PRODUCT
US18/265,043 US20240022306A1 (en) 2020-12-04 2021-12-02 Communication Method, Apparatus, Chip, Storage Medium, and Program Product

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011407395.9 2020-12-04
CN202011407395 2020-12-04
CN202011627413.4 2020-12-31
CN202011627413.4A CN114598366B (zh) 2020-12-04 2020-12-31 一种通信方法、装置、芯片、存储介质及程序产品

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022117046A1 true WO2022117046A1 (zh) 2022-06-09

Family

ID=81802493

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/135131 WO2022117046A1 (zh) 2020-12-04 2021-12-02 一种通信方法、装置、芯片、存储介质及程序产品

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20240022306A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4239898A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN114598366B (zh)
WO (1) WO2022117046A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024149145A1 (en) * 2023-01-12 2024-07-18 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Apparatus and method of pusch transmission with three transmit ports

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024060142A1 (zh) * 2022-09-22 2024-03-28 北京小米移动软件有限公司 上行mimo传输8天线端口多天线面板的码本确定方法及其装置
WO2024065443A1 (zh) * 2022-09-29 2024-04-04 北京小米移动软件有限公司 基于码本的上行信道发送方法及装置
WO2024138528A1 (zh) * 2022-12-29 2024-07-04 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
CN118523985A (zh) * 2023-02-17 2024-08-20 华为技术有限公司 上行码本指示方法及通信装置

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108111283A (zh) * 2017-11-03 2018-06-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种参考信号的传输方法及设备
CN109787668A (zh) * 2017-11-15 2019-05-21 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、通信装置和系统
WO2020182269A1 (en) * 2019-03-08 2020-09-17 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. Csi reporting and codebook structure for doppler-delay codebook-based precoding in a wireless communications systems
WO2020221108A1 (zh) * 2019-04-30 2020-11-05 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种信号传输的方法、网络设备及终端设备

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6108250B2 (ja) * 2013-04-03 2017-04-05 ▲ホア▼▲ウェイ▼技術有限公司Ｈｕａｗｅｉ Ｔｅｃｈｎｏｌｏｇｉｅｓ Ｃｏ．，Ｌｔｄ． チャネル状態情報を報告および受信する方法およびデバイス
US10205494B2 (en) * 2014-07-31 2019-02-12 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for supporting D2D communication to which MIMO technology is applied and device therefor
EP3664308A4 (en) * 2017-09-07 2020-06-17 LG Electronics Inc. -1- METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A UPLINK SIGNAL BASED ON A CODEBOOK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR
CN111512566B (zh) * 2017-11-16 2022-01-18 联想(北京)有限公司 确定用于码本集的tpmi
CN110366252B (zh) * 2017-11-17 2020-07-14 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法、终端、计算机可读存储介质
CA3082555C (en) * 2017-11-17 2023-03-14 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Variable coherence adaptive antenna array

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108111283A (zh) * 2017-11-03 2018-06-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种参考信号的传输方法及设备
CN109787668A (zh) * 2017-11-15 2019-05-21 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、通信装置和系统
WO2020182269A1 (en) * 2019-03-08 2020-09-17 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. Csi reporting and codebook structure for doppler-delay codebook-based precoding in a wireless communications systems
WO2020221108A1 (zh) * 2019-04-30 2020-11-05 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种信号传输的方法、网络设备及终端设备

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4239898A4

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024149145A1 (en) * 2023-01-12 2024-07-18 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Apparatus and method of pusch transmission with three transmit ports

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114598366A (zh) 2022-06-07
EP4239898A4 (en) 2024-04-24
CN114598366B (zh) 2023-06-02
EP4239898A1 (en) 2023-09-06
US20240022306A1 (en) 2024-01-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022117046A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置、芯片、存储介质及程序产品
EP3499784B1 (en) Methods and apparatus for sounding channel operation in millimeter wave communication systems
KR102280021B1 (ko) 무선 통신 시스템에서 기준 신호를 송수신하는 기법
WO2018137486A1 (zh) 一种码本反馈方法和装置
CN115428507A (zh) 信道状态信息报告
JP6832937B2 (ja) 無線ネットワークにおける同じリンク方向のサブフレーム部分間のガード期間
WO2015192777A1 (zh) 一种数据传输的方法和装置
US10985813B2 (en) Downlink user equipment selection
WO2019196801A1 (zh) 数据传输的方法、通信装置及系统
US20220417965A1 (en) Method for transmitting data on physical uplink shared channel, data transmission method, terminal, network device, and chip system
US10735057B1 (en) Uplink user equipment selection
WO2022091033A1 (en) Channel state information report configuration
WO2020108637A1 (zh) 信道探测的配置方法及装置
WO2022188636A1 (zh) 确定信道质量指示的方法及装置
WO2022091031A1 (en) Channel state information report configuration
WO2022104665A1 (zh) 一种通信方法和装置
WO2022027625A1 (en) Frequency domain precoding for fdd reciprocity
CN112054831B (zh) 信道状态信息的反馈方法及装置
WO2023011088A1 (zh) 一种信道状态信息反馈方法及通信装置
JP2021010183A (ja) 無線ネットワークにおける同じリンク方向のサブフレーム部分間のガード期間
WO2021053370A1 (en) Pmi distance (pmid) assisted mu-mimo transmission
WO2023284659A1 (zh) 信道信息获取方法和通信装置
WO2022032534A1 (zh) 确定pmi权值矩阵的方法及装置
WO2022206613A1 (zh) 一种相位校正方法和通信装置
WO2023151564A1 (zh) 通信方法、装置及系统

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21900072

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 18265043

Country of ref document: US

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021900072

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230529

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE